Home

Elite 48 Hardware Manual S8000

1. HDLC n PCM Highway Anal SLI 4 8 CoO Line SLT 2 COIB 4 8 COI COID Line AMP SPK n Audio ECR p COID 4 8 L CO Line with Relay Caller ID DPH DPH 4 mH BSU 2 ZT II for Wireless Tape pier Recorder AD A DTH DTR BRT 4 ISDN Basic Modem AP A Termi erminals Modem AP R CCH 4 K CCIS PC CT A i PRT 1 U H ISDN Primary 3000 DID 4 DID RS 232C TLI 2 E amp M Tie Lines 4 wire PC _ CTU S Fede Electra DTI U 1 Line APA Terminals Ra erminals WY a Modem H CoM ie HFU Nd ESIE H MIFA UCD Only e E CNF 8 Conference Bridge MIC Electra Nu Mail CTI VP 4 8 12 V EE 2 4 Voice VMS 2 4 8 SLT SLT ADP i ACD 8 Elite ACD Plus Server PC I PCT S PBR PC iz VRS 4 CTU C s PCT C 4 Coreline Electra VDD p Elite VDH2 8 IPT 4 8 VoIP 1 Base T MBD U10 CPU og Hii 10Base T 2 PC 1 CLKG U We Figure 2 1 System Block Diagram System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite SECTION 3 MAXIMUM SYSTEM C
2. CN1 Connects to the Backboard Relay Connections provided at the MDF Doorphone Connections provided at the MDF MDF Doorphone T Doorphone T B Doorphone T R Doorphone T R Figure 5 38 DPH 4 U Doorphone Connector 5 3 6 Specifications Relay contacts are 24 Vdc at 500 mA Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 4 ESI 8 U 5 4 1 Description The Electronic Station Interface ETU provides an 8 port interface for Multiline Terminals Electra Mail CTI Attendant Consoles Single Line Telephone Adapter SLT 1 U ADP and DBM B U Box 24V TP2 GND Figure 5 39 ESI 8 U ETU 5 4 2 Switch Settings SW1 resets the ETU 5 68 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 5 4 3 Installation The first ESI 8 U ETU is built in on the MBD U10 Unit and designated as Slot 1 for ports 01 08 A maximum of three additional ESI 8 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slots S3 S6 5 4 4 LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED1 indications are listed below Steady Red Some port s busy Off All ports idle 5 4 5 Connectors The ESI 8 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 5 4 6 Connections YLORDO Ti BKOGRO
3. Figure 5 3 Handling When setting switches on the ETU wear a wrist strap and stand on a grounded conductive work surface to avoid static electricity A PA Ne Wrist Strap Grounded ETU Conductive Surface Figure 5 4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU System Hardware Manual 5 3 Issue 6 Electra Elite Don t touch the surface of the ETU A small screw driver can be used to change the switch settings if the installer follows the recommended safety precautions 2 2 Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots 1 Align ETU with ejector tab at top and component side to the left 2 Slide the ETU into the proper slot in the KSU and push it all the way to the back of the KSU 2 3 Removing an ETU from the KSU 1 Liftthe ejector tab on the ETU 2 Pull the ETU out of the slot Figure 5 5 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU 5 4 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite SECTION 3 COMMON CONTROL UNITS System Hardware Manual Issue 6 The Electronic Telephone units described in this section control the common functions of the KSU 3 1 CLKG U Unit 3 1 1 Description The CLKG U Unit provides clock synchronization for ISDN PRI FT1 ISDN BRI and Wireless lines that are connected to the system This unit works with the DTI U BRT 4 U PRT 1 U or BSU 2 U ETU andis installed on th
4. d D AR Bb ECRAN TETU einen CUNG Ld 6 4 1 Description o S 492111 6 4 2 neun 9 112 6 4 3 Bi cM add 49112 6 4 4 Connectors ae ere oe eee 5 112 6 4 5 Specifications MARRE T TET 5 113 PER TET teen 5 114 6 5 1 Pe 6 5 2 Installation ERE REEL 8 5 3 LED Indications THREE I 6 5 4 Connectors p s EB YRA JETU Esp 5 116 6 6 1 ri QE m E 6 6 2 Installation RR REED IP Dno M d d 6 6 4 LE D GHG ALIOS co 6 6 5 Connectors OMNE cR AR 5 118 6 6 6 PINS cnc EA AME E TEE UE M 5 118 xii Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 6 Chapter 6 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Secti n 1 General Information 6 1 Section 2 Multiline Terminals 6 1 2 1 RE 6 1 2a TEL rr 6 2 20 6 3 2 4 TEL e du 25 AQUA EAE LI abe 6 5 2 6 TEL teure e 2g DTU 320 2 DEL scenes C
5. 4 23 Figure 4 20 the KSU Rei m 4 23 Figure 5 1 qe TP p 5 1 Figure 5 2 Wist okap AUD cdd E od M Ord 5 2 Figure 5 3 a pj E T mcr 5 3 Figure 5 4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU 5 3 Figure 5 5 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU n eet a ER 5 4 Figure 5 6 18 50 5 Figure 5 7 5 7 Figure 5 8 KSU Backup Battery Replacement 5 10 Figure 5 9 J ETU eve 5 11 Figure 5 10 Cus QU JETU E 5 13 Figure 5 11 MEME 5 16 Figure 5 12 BRT 4 U Connections 5 19 Figure 5 13 irekia 5 20 Figure 5 14 4 8 ETU COnnectiOnS Lines patet oni ta kv BRE MNA E ee Figure 5 15 cel i e Figure 5 16 Connections ER ERBEN Figure 5 17 turn n T E AN 5 26 Figure 5 18 COIB 4 U20 ETU Connections 5 28 Figure 5 19 M 5 30 Figure 5 20 5 32 Figure 5 21 COIS PLIN FETU e H 5 34 Figure 5 22 OID A ter ETU Connections
6. 6 23 11 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 6 24 Section 12 Installing a D Analog Cordless Terminal Treue 6 25 12 1 Selecting an Installation Location 6 25 12 2 Connecting the Telephone Cord 0 25 12 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 6 26 Section pUmb pe usus ossia ee imde ui cda Cd 6 27 no rmt Ltd Section 14 Wall Mounting the DTP 1 1 or DTP 1 2 TEL and DTP 1HM 1 or DTP 1HM 2 TEL 6 28 14 1 DIF Hanger HOOK REUS 14 2 Using a Modular Wall Plate Installed 6 29 Chapter 7 Installing Optional Equipment Section 1 General Information Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 7 1 Section3 Installation Procedures EYx MH Ua dE aca YN 7 6 3 1 Cra 3 1 1 Connecting the ACA U Unit see TB 3 2 ADA U Unit Ancillary Device Adapter 7 7 3 2 1 Installing an ADA U Unit on a Multiline Terminal 7 7 3 2 2 Connecting Cables to the ADA U Unit 7 8 dao E to
7. Electra Elite Unit n Height Width Depth MIFA U ETU Ge 2 EM CUM 195 mm MIFM U ETU uoo iSo m DUM 195 mm 2 0 ETU 9 240 mm 195 mm PBR U ETU aos a DADA Tum PRT 1 U ETU aa 2 tum 1 a FAIEUTO Unit 0022 3 880 mm 216 mm SEG UL ETU 70 a T Dum Th SLI 8 U ETU e RUN Tm SLT 1 U ADP ias m T1 pun Tum TLI 2 U ETU em m 195 mm VDD U Unit d d m m 224mm 275 in VDH2 8 U e J 195 mm VMS 2 4 8 U ETU VMS FMSICMS U30 A EA o Bian VRS 4 U ETU a m RS 1 WM R Unit 0i o 1 m T WMU U Unit s gt rom aan WMU W Unit ere 9 1 en 1 aa re Shipping weight includes the shipping carton Shipping weight includes the shipping carton and documentation System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 6 4 9 External Equipment Interface Input signal levels impedance contact ratings and connector types are listed for externally connected equipment 4 9 1 4 9 2 4 9 3 4 9 4 4 9 5 4 9 6 System Hardware Manual Music on Hold Station Background Music Auxiliary Input 0 6V PPS Signal Level Input Impedance 600 Q External Paging Audio Output Power 10 dBm Signal Level Output Impedance 600 Q Relay Contact Rating 500 mA 24 Vdc External Tone Ringer Night Chime Output Output Power 10 dBm Output Impedance 600 Q Re
8. d UG Removing the Tabs from the Adapter 7 45 Removing the Tabs from the WMU U Unit sess 7 45 Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU U Unit 7 46 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall 7 46 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU U Unit 7 47 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover 7 48 Musie Source 7 49 Pages oe Connecting a PO to the KSU DTR 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal TM DTH DTR 8 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 0852 DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 83 DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 8 4 DIHIDTH 32D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 2rd dae 8 5 Pe Ee 0 8 6 DTH 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone iusserat ro rekt eaa tnter ePE PI esa ebedas 8 7 DTR 1HM 1 TEL Single Line Telephone 8 8 Connecting a DTH DTR Terminal to the System 8 9 List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 8 10 Leading Line Cord ona DTREO 8 9 Figure 8 11 Joining DOR Console TO Terminal Luise uei
9. 5 36 Figure 5 23 TETI X 5 37 Figure 5 24 DIHALI 5 38 xxii List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 5 25 Figure 5 26 Figure 5 27 Figure 5 28 Figure 5 29 Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 Figure 5 32 Figure 5 33 Figure 5 34 Figure 5 35 Figure 5 36 Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 5 42 Figure 5 43 Figure 5 44 Figure 5 45 Figure 5 46 Figure 5 47 Figure 5 48 Figure 5 49 Figure 5 50 Epid mie reeves 5 39 DTA TETU 5 42 ER 5 43 IP RASU ETU COnDOCIDIMS eet aeta 5 46 PRT 1 U ETU Connector DD TERZA TETU ER IO UE MINH 5 52 TLI 2 U ETU Connections 2 exc eri niin OOF EliteMail CTI System Board uiuo axmxexexakc nione akon mie eiie nacen EliteMall CTI Daughter Board 5 62 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board 5 63 DPA U 5 65 DPH 4 U ETU Doorphone Connector 5 67 cc tet ale ETU emo ETUR NOU 5 68 ESK8 U COMMOCHON MT 5 69 FMS 2 4 U ETU T sisti 5 70 Pes oodd RENEW dM PH dM 5 71 YMS DSP U30 Unit rr FMS CMS USO ETU 5 78 ETU CNI CONNECHON
10. Electra Elite 4 4 4 LED Indications Table 5 13 COIB 4 U20 ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED 1 Channel 1 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 2 Channel 2 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 Channel 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 Channel 4 status Busy Not Used Idle FAX FAX status Busy Not Used Idle 4 4 5 Connectors The COIB 4 U20 ETU has the following connectors Connects to the backboard CN2 Future CNS3 Future 4 4 6 Connections MDF Demark Ri R T2 R2 R3 R T4 R4 Fax T8 T Branch R8 R Figure 5 18 COIB 4 U20 ETU Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 4 7 ETU Feature Chart ETU Caller ID Pad Loop Ground Fax CAMA See Note Control Start Start Branch Trunk COI 4 U10 X X X COI 8 U10 X X X COID 4 U10 X X X X COID 8 U10 X X X COIB 4 U10 X X X X COIB 4 U20 X X X X X COIB 8 U10 X X X X t Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks t trunk support is provided on COIB 4 U20 port Other ETUs listed except COIB 8 U ETU support CAMA trunks on all ports System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 5 COIB 8 U ETU 4 5 1 Description This can function the same as the COI 8 U or COID 8 U ETU
11. i DTMF Reprogram lines for DP Reprogram for DTMF Monitor Line with test set and verify if system is sending digits Yes No Digits Sent 1 If lines are DTMF increase the DTMF duration in Memory Block 3 15 2 If lines are DP choose 10 or 20 pps option in Memory Block 3 92 3 Check off hook CO line current 1 Reset COI 8 U ETU If trouble persists go to next step Replace COI 8 U ETU and test Perform Second Initialization and test Perform First Initialization and test Replace B48 U10 KSU o RON System Hardware Manual 10 13 Issue 6 Electra Elite D1 C Multiline Terminal Function Problems All terminals affected Yes Goto Flowchart A2 Check Memory Block 7 2 for correct Station Assignment No Assignment correct gt Reassignment Is Problem solved Yes End Perform Multiline Terminal Self Test 1 Unplug terminal line cord 2 Hold down and together and plug in the line card 3 Press each terminal key to test tones LEDs and key contacts 4 Return terminal on line by taking handset off hook and then return to on hook Reset and test Replace defective terminal and test Yes No Send terminal in for repair Is Problem solved Connect ter
12. scott 5 55 5 1 1 MONDE RR 5 1 2 Mos ballast uoo aeaa viii Table of Contents Electra Elite System Hardware Manual n 5 3 5 4 5 5 Issue 6 5 1 8 De MERERI 5 56 5 1 4 LED n Pet 5 57 5 1 5 LUPA MUR DEUM 5 57 ETU rie 5 58 5 2 1 po X 5 58 5 2 1 1 System Board Components 5 60 5 2 1 2 Daughter Board Components 5 62 5 2 1 3 POM Expansion Board 5 63 Dea REDEMIT E a A A 5 64 5 2 3 Installation Precautions se dH oi el i na d Ol 5 64 TETU gics 5 65 5 3 1 Y on 2 eC 5 65 5 3 2 77 CON aiio ine P Eu 5 66 5 3 3 5 66 5 3 4 LER MALAME ensena a 5 66 5 3 5 a ooi ac 5 67 5 3 6 SHOCK EUIS end EH REM nuUa dirt CR nen E aras MUERE 5 67 TETU a EUER E NUR NM CMM DOM D 5 68 5 4 1 bo 451 fet tr err 5 68 5 4 2 Switch Settings 5 68 5 4 3 ido c pe UBER E m m 5 69 5 4 4 BzrEuspcucn Meet 5 69 5 4 5 ENE rt ir ERE REM FAXO QM REN 5 69 5 4 6 Lane wide eet rbi ai M dH 5 69 J ETU 5 70 5 5 1 DE RT M ED 5 70 5
13. 7 20 Me 7 20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ee 7 21 List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 7 28 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CTA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal 7 22 Figure 7 29 gib e 7 23 Figure 7 30 Miei Mites Made 7 24 Figure 7 31 DBM B U and DBM E U Message Display Boards 7 25 Figure 7 32 Maximum Display r6 tcl o 7 26 Figure 7 33 7 27 Figure 7 34 Connecting the Bracket TTE REN 7 27 Figure 7 35 Threading Screw into Wall eres 7 28 Figure 7 36 Hanging E 7 29 Figure 7 37 Lic Boom 7 29 Figure 7 38 e 7 30 Figure 7 39 Connecting DBM BPU to ESI 7 31 Figure 7 40 E A A AEE O 7 31 Figure 7 41 7 32 Figure 7 42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal 7 32 Figure 7 43 alg aae s c TC 7 33 Figure 7 44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the od using an SLT 1 U 7 35 Figure 7 45 Connecting the
14. EA Epl data 5 83 TETI ne 5 84 SLKA 5 85 VDRU 5 88 10Base I Cable Connection 5 88 System Hardware Manual xxiii Issue 6 Figure 5 51 Figure 5 52 Figure 5 53 Figure 5 54 Figure 5 55 Figure 5 56 Figure 5 57 Figure 5 58 Figure 5 59 Figure 5 60 Figure 5 61 Figure 5 62 Figure 5 63 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 xxiv Electra Elite A TETU 5 89 FOR U I ETU esain etsen RERA 5 89 b HU LED Indications ERR 5 91 Cable Connection CDTIDBE BOE ea an 5 93 TE T Gu uctus naturalium mita d S albe t NOM er 5 96 ETU 5 103 BSU 2 U ETU Connections D107 CERA ETU Lus asco ediderit aoi CAR ECR U Block Diagram scirccicvccaseasnsninecirexeecruceiarniceenernoencnarauieineeninaniis 5 111 Ie TETU 5 113 a EQ TETU 5 114 do dd VR AD M rese dA MEE 5 116 DTP 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal eseeseeeeeeeneernnn 6 1 DTU 8 1 TEL Multiline Terminal eseesseeeeeeeeeeeen nnn 6 2 DTU 8D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal tak nee
15. 5 38 47 5 Seis LM RERUM 5 38 Bldg 5 39 4 8 1 NER m 5 39 4 8 2 diclo e n tU cR 5 40 4 8 3 eR o 5 40 4 8 4 LED Lidia ere ee 5 41 4 8 5 Alarm Conditions RETE 5 42 4 8 6 decim M Meca CI E 5 42 4 8 7 Vi Cnt MESE ERES LR EU 5 42 vii Issue 6 Electra Elite 29 IPTA 2 i um pt 5 43 4 9 1 Description HITS AQ 5 43 4 9 2 piti A 4 9 3 e 4 9 4 IPT 4 U to IPT 8 U Conversion 5 45 4 9 5 Connectors ids TNR 5 45 4 9 6 Switch 1 RS D E 5 46 49r 0 oon Meme 410 PRIA HET TU T 09 47 4 10 1 DeSefipllOU LOCO ttt I 4 10 3 Switch Settings 4 10 4 4 10 5 Alum Contos scissmicanciinscnemnimiimienneientine ENG S103 m C EGGS 1 ETU 5 52 4 11 1 Description M 4 11 2 Installation spe TRI ME 4 11 3 Switch Settings EDA SN 4114 LED Indications uctus eem SEL Pope iate 4 11 5 Connectors ERU DDA 4 11 6 Connections E Section 5 Station ETUS
16. 8 9 Section 5 Connecting DCR Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal M nna 8 10 Section 6 Adjusting the DTH DTR eene 8 12 Section7 Installing DTH DTR Line Cards and Plastic Panels 8 12 Section 8 Adjusting DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height 8 15 Section 9 Removing or Installing the Base Cover 8 17 Section 10 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table 8 19 Section 11 Wall Mounting the DTH DTR Telephone 8 20 8 20 System Hardware Manual xvii Issue 6 Electra Elite 11 2 Installing the Base Cover to the Wall 8 21 11 3 Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box 8 25 11 4 Installing Telephone Using WM R 8 26 Section 12 Installing DTH DTR Optional Equipment siat 4 Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 8 28 Section 14 Installation Procedures 8 31 14 ACR Adaptat ossia moa S cni nbarorie nri neh mM BS 14 1 1 Connecting the AC R 9 31 14 2 AD A R Unit Ancillary Device Adapter
17. py T2 RJ 11 R2 T3 R3 Qut ij R4 Multiline Terminal T5 R5 T6 R6 T7 R7 T8 R8 NA F Figure 5 40 ESI 8 U ETU Connection System Hardware Manual 5 69 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 5 FMS 2 4 8 U ETU 5 5 1 Description The FMS 2 4 8 U is an up to 8 port Digital Voice Mail system This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 48 that contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording and application software Figure 5 41 2 4 ETU 5 70 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 128 COMPACTFLASH Figure 5 42 FMS 8 U ETU A digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions 95999909 DTMF detection DTMF generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection PCM compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control AGC A serial port capable of direct connect speeds up to 19 2 Kbps This ETU provides 2 4 or 8 ports for digital voice mail Refer to Table 5 34 Configuration Support Table Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 5 34 Configuration Support Table Function Configuration Support Applications Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail
18. CRUENTO d 2 8 DCU 60 1 CONSOLE nou Li A E 6 8 Section 3 Single Line Telephones TION 6 9 3 1 DIPSTADIPI 6 9 22 DTPA M 1 1 2 TEL 6 10 Section 4 Connecting a DTU DTP Terminal to the System 6 11 Section 5 Connecting DCU Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 6 12 Section 6 Adjusting the DTU DTP LCD eere 6 13 Section 7 Installing DTU DTP Line Cards and Plastic Panels 6 14 E Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation 6 14 L2 Plastic Panel Removal eer 6 15 Section8 Removing DTU DTP Softkeys O m 6 17 Section 9 Adjusting DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Height 6 18 Section 10 Installing D Cordless Lite pier Cordless Terminal nif un ND MD 6 20 10 1 Selecting an Installation Location 6 20 System Hardware Manual xiii Issue 6 Electra Elite 10 2 Connecting the Telephone Cords 6 21 10 3 Applying Power to the Base 6 22 Section 11 Installing D Handset Cordless Terminal 6 23 11 1 Selecting an Installation Location 6 23 11 2 Connecting the Telephone Cord
19. 4 2 3 P Rl 4 3 dried di RR TU 10 6 No Internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT 10 7 No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal 10 8 Radio Frequency Interference RFI 10 9 No or Intermittent CO PBX Ring TESTI EL SRI Call Dropping PR e ERN DR derine 1 No Outside Dial Tone Access 10 12 CO PBX Dialing Problem Cannot Dial Out on CO 10 13 Multiline Terminal Function Problems 10 14 Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems 10 15 Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems 10 16 No Dial Tone Access on SLT Ringing Problem on SLT MOSES No Dial Access to Features on SLT 10 19 Low Volume Problems uiui o i Puis e Oesp st S a 7 1 External Paging Problems 10 21 SMDR Output Problems No Call Accounting System 10 22 Appendix A Glossary of Abbreviations XX Table of Contents Figure 1 1 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 3 1 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 Figure 4 9 Figure 4 10 Figure 4 11 Figure 4 12 Figure
20. DTMF detection generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control serial port direct connect speeds up to 115 200 bps used for direct connection console programming and backup restore ALAN port with an RJ 45 connector activated only with CTI Up to two fax ports activated only with CTI A built in modem for remote console programming that supports up to 19 2 Kbps Refer to Table 5 29 Configuration Support Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 5 29 Configuration Support Function Support Applications Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail only no transfer Call forwarding Supported Connections Connects to backplane of the KSU RJ 45 LAN connection RJ 11 Modem connection VGA connection for monitor support PS2 Keyboard and Mouse connections Hardware One CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U ETU Message Notification Uses Message waiting lamps Operator Console 100 default Positive connect Digital signal Telephone One of the following telephones is required to program Electra Elite System data DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL
21. is supplied When using the line level input Line In connect to a line level device such as a CD or cassette player SLT 1 U ADP Single Line Telephone The Single Line Telephone adapter provides an interface for Single Line Telephones and other similar devices from an ESI ETU channel This adapter can be connected to any ESI port 3 10 1 Connecting the SLT 1 U ADP to the System 1 Connect one end of the RJ 11 to the ESI port on the KSU and one end to the ESI jack on the SLT Adapter 2 Connect one end of a second RJ 11 to the TEL jack on the SLT Adapter and the other end to the Single Line Telephone SLT 1 U10 ADP RJ 11 2 wire 2 wire Figure 7 44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the System using an SLT 1 U ADP Issue 6 Electra Elite Modular Terminal ESI ETU SLT 1 U10 ADP GN Y y 3 T R 7 To ESI e 4 RD BL Base Cord ESI Port Modular Terminal Connections Single Line ESI Port SLT 1 U10 ADP Telephone ewe i VS l 4 co Single Line Telephone Connections Figure 7 45 Connecting the SLT 1 U ADP 7 36 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 3 10 2 Wall Mounting the SLT 1 U ADP 1 Remove the two screws from the top to open the SLT Adapter as shown in Figure 7 46 Removing the Screws from the SLT 1 U ADP Figure 7 46 Removing the Screws from the SLT 1 U ADP 2 Using
22. 0 C 40 Long Term 450 F 90 F 10 C 32 2 C Humidity Operating 10 90 noncondensing 2 8 System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 6 4 3 Power Requirements 4 3 1 Power Supply Inputs The AC input requirements for the Electra Elite 48 system are listed below AC Input P64 U10 PSU 117 Vac 10 60Hz 10 Single Phase 2 5A circuit A dedicated outlet separately fused and grounded 4 3 2 Power Supply Consumption The power consumption for the Electra Elite 48 system is listed in Table 2 8 Power Consumption Table 2 8 Power Consumption maximum Watts Used Watts Used Rou HN Idle Maximum Current B48 U10 KSU 2 5A 90 230 4 3 3 Fuse Replacement When replacing fuses refer to the specifications in Table 2 9 Fuse Replacement Table 2 9 Fuse Replacement Fuse NT E Unit Number Specifications Description Dimensions P64 U10 F1 125V 6 0A AC Input 1 4 x 1 1 4 PSU P64 U10 F101 250v 10A Battery Input 1 4 x 1 1 4 PSU t All fuses are normal blown glass tube System Hardware Manual 2 9 Issue 6 2 10 4 4 4 5 Electra Elite Do not use slow blow fuses Replace with a fuse of the same type and rating Outside Line Types The following outside lines can be used with the Electra Elite 48 system 2 wire Loop Start or Ground Start Trunks 2 wire 2 way DID Lines Dial Pulse or DTMF 4 wi
23. System Hardware Manual 1547 Issue 6 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities ADA 1 W Unit This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for headset or audio recorder This adapter can be installed on any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal 32 ADA 2 W Unit This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for Cordless Telephone This adapter can be installed on any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal 32 AP A R Unit This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the interface used to install a Single Line Telephone Modem Credit Card Reader Wireless Headset NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit or other compatible Analog device This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL 32 APA U Unit This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the interface used to install a Single Line Telephone Modem Credit Card Reader Wireless Headset NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit or other compatible Analog device This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32 AP R R Unit When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used an additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can be connected to a Multiline Term
24. 28V MBD U10 Unit TP1 45V 5V TP2 GND 24N TP3 24V AC Voltage 117 Vac 117 Vac 15 AC Terminal Strip Live to Neutral 117 Vac 1596 Live L to N Live to Conduit Ground 117 Vac 15 Live L to G Neutral to Conduit Ground 0 05 Vac maximum Live N to G Ring Generator SLT 70 120 Vac 20 Hz Across Tip and Ring of Ringing SLT CO Line Off hook line current 25 50 mA In series with Tip side of the CO line at the MDF 3 2 3 3 3 Initialization Check Ring voltage may be lower if the meter measures only 60 Hz signals To determine if the system is initializing correctly only the KSU and terminals should be installed on the system After initialization all the terminals assigned to the ESI 8 U ETU that is mounted on the MBD U10 can be used for internal calls to one another By default these stations are assigned station numbers 100 107 System Initialization After the steps described in Section 3 2 Before Initializing are performed and verified the entire system should be initialized With power OFF all interface and option cards can be installed in the basic KSU The technician can then power up the system to perform a First Initialization After the initialization process each station display shows default time and date indications For example System Hardware Manual 12 00 AM WED 1 10 3 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 4 After Initialization Ensure the batte
25. 3 13 1 Connecting Audio Sources the KSU zs Station Background MUSIC Connecting KSU to a Personal Computer 3 16 1 Connecting the PC te ihe KSU 3 16 2 Connecting the Printer to the KSU 3 16 3 Remote Programming iid the Built in Modem 7 84 89 7 35 oe TA 7 37 7 38 7 38 7 38 7 39 7 40 7 44 io 7 48 er sin P289 M 7 50 Modemi Kit UMI e Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 6 Chapter 8 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Section 1 General Information 8 1 5 S Multiline Terminals ERR Gd d 8 1 2 1 TER EPI ERR B neler MNA 8 1 Ec i Did n 8 2 TEL 8 3 24 c 8 4 25 TEL sexaetbitetitbennipenbceti tab Oc peti dun E a tic GEM RE 8 5 2b 8 6 Section 3 Single Line Telephones 8 7 3 1 DIRATA S 8 7 da 8 8 Section 4 Connecting DTH DTR to the System
26. Electra Elite Issue 6 5 1 4 LED Indications Table 5 28 CNF 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off STATUS ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On CH 0 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH 1 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH2 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH 3 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH 4 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH 5 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH 6 Status Busy Not Used Idle CH 7 Status Busy Not Used Idle System Hardware Manual 5 1 5 Connectors The CNF 8 U ETU has three connectors J J2 J3 Connects to the backboard Not currently used 9 pin RS 232C connector for maintenance Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 2 CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U ETU 5 2 1 Description The CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U ETU is a 4 8 12 or 16 port Digital Voice Mail system that can support TeLANophy inbound or outbound faxing and Hospitality HVM applications The EliteMail VP cannot support TeLANophy or faxing and Hospitality HVM applications but it can be upgraded to EliteMail CTI when these features are required For a 4 or 8 port system only one board is required For the 12 or 16 port system the Daughter board is also required This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 48 system that contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and application software digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions
27. 12 Ringer 4 34 RD BR GN BK TONES LG T T T GND DP1 9 BR RD RD YL Te 20 35 RD SL GN BK TIT TI T T T T RA 10 SL RD RD YL 1 Zone2 36 BK BL GN BK TITIT T T T TTi S 11 BL BK RD YL 2 1 37 BK OR GN BK TITI T T T TT Night pp4 S 12 OR BK RD YL R Rt1 Chime L 38 BK GN GN BK TIT IT GND Extern alTone DLR T is GN BK RD YL R 4 R R nger 1 39 BK BR GN BK T T T E 2 Extern alTone DLR 6 BR BK RD R R R M2 nger 2 40 BK SL GN BK 2 Extern alTone DLR n SL BK RD YL R 4 HR R2 nger 3 41 YL BL GN BK Fax 11 2 Extern DLR BL YL RD YL R R R Bch 812 nger 4 58000 or higher System Hardware Manual 4 7 Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections Continued COl Station Station COl MDFPin Running Cable Cable est OP or pip P ecr ppH PSU No Cable
28. 8 36 Figure 8 47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal 8 36 Figure 8 48 xcu qe amc 8 36 Figure 8 49 Cable mr 8 37 Figure 8 50 babe Bones 8 37 Figure 8 51 Attaching the AD A R Unit to the Multiline Terminal 8 38 Figure 8 52 AP A AP R R Unit and Switches cccsesccessssteeesessseesenssereresssereenes 9 41 Figure 8 53 WES COMECON Tm 5 Figure 8 54 Attaching the Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal x ccena ca Figure 8 55 8 43 Figure 8 56 e NOE RIETI eiar Eh iien 8 44 Figure 8 57 Typical Connection for ESI ESIC 8 45 Figure 8 58 Typical Connection Using VDH 8 45 Figure 8 59 Attaching the CT A R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 8 46 XXX List of Figures Electra Elite Figure 8 60 Figure 8 61 Figure 8 62 Figure 8 63 Figure 9 1 Figure 9 2 Figure 9 3 Figure 9 4 Figure 9 5 Issue 6 Installing and Anchoring Headset eletti euer tacite iti 8 47 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CT A R Unit on the Multiline Terminal 8 47 ac s nM Ata aem T 8 48 Lic iq Ker UME euo re 8 49 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add On Consoles 1 eene rkn
29. CTU S U Unit This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus with ESI 8 U ETU connection This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32 DBM B U Box This Message Display Board is connected to the ESI 8 U ETU to provide a message waiting light for voice mail boxes Each Message Display Board supports eight message waiting lights DBM E U Box Expansion for Message Display Board Up to five DBM E U s can be connected to one DBM B U 40 HFU U BK WH Unit This optional Handsfree Unit provides full duplex handsfree communication This unit comes with the handsfree adapter and an external microphone This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32 PCT C U Unit NEC PC Telephony Board TAPI with a Coreline interface The VDD U Unit is built into the PCT C U so that this unit can connect directly to the VDH2 8 U ETU This board can be installed on the ISA bus on any IBM compatible PC 32 PCT S U Unit NEC PC Telephony Board TAPI without a modem This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any IBM compatible PC and it can be connected directly to the ESI port 32 RAK U10 Unit This 19 unit is used to simplify installation by rack mounting the Electra Elite 48 system SL
30. Connector Figure 7 10 Attaching the ADA U Unit to the Multiline Terminal 5 Replace cover and base plate Issue 6 Electra Elite 6 Lead the audio cable out through the groove on the base cover Plug in the telephone cord Figure 7 11 Leading the Audio Cable out from the ADA U Unit 3 2 3 Connecting Cables to the ADA U Unit Cable terminal connectors are located on the right side of the ADA U Unit Cables should be connected on this unit before installing the unit on the Multiline Terminal Terminals Figure 7 12 ADA U Unit Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 1 Cut off the plug on one end of the cable 2 Locate the adapter terminals on the right side of the unit as illustrated in Figure 7 12 ADA U Unit 3 Remove the cap on the adapter terminal to expose the metal receptacle Push the cable in the applicable receptacle and replace the cap Line up the slot on the cap with the slot on the metal receptacle to ensure proper contact Refer to Figure 7 13 Attaching Cables to the ADA U Unit Figure 7 13 Attaching Cables to the ADA U Unit 4 Insulate the end of the cable that needs to be shielded with insulating tape Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections provides a list of cable connections to ADA U ADP terminals and describes the specifications for the terminals System Hardware Manual 7 9 Issue 6
31. DTP DTU 16 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL DTP DTU 32 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL DTR 1R 1 TEL Description Basic Message Display Board with 8 LEDs Expansion Message Display Board with 8 LEDs Attendant Console with 60 programmable line keys 2 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 8 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 8 line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and softkeys 16 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 16 line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and softkeys 16 line digital stand alone terminal with direct connection to a single port on the ESI 8 U10 ETU 32 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 32 line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and softkeys ptem Analog Cordless Terminal without LCD Issue 6 Equipment DTR 4R 1 TEL DTU 4R 1 TEL ETW 8 1 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL ETW 4R 1 BK TEL EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF SLT 1 U JADP 7 2 Interface ETUs Electra Elite Description ptem Cordless II Terminal with LCD ptem Cordless Lite Terminal with LCD 8 line Multiline Terminal without LCD 16 line Multiline Terminal with LCD 16 line Multiline Terminal with LCD 24 line Multiline Terminal with LCD ptem Cordless Terminal with LCD 48 line DSS BLF or outside lines with 12 function keys Single Line Telephone Interface Adapter The Electra Elite
32. Electra Elite 6 6 VRS 4 U ETU 6 6 1 Description The Voice Recording Service provides record playback of voice messages for the Automated Attendant Voice Prompt and Delay Announcement features The VRS 4 U ETU must use the built in PBR circuits on the MBD U10 Unit for Automated Attendant or DISA Each VRS 4 U ETU has four record playback channels The maximum voice recording time for each channel is 240 seconds The technician can select one of four message lengths The available message lengths and the maximum number of messages that can be recorded are listed in the following table Maximum Number of Message Length Recorded Messages 15 seconds 16 30 seconds 8 60 seconds 4 120 seconds 2 2 5 1 59 SP2 397 2 Sw2 BSY 4 L BSY 30 BSY 2 L BSY 1 LIVE LI LJ sw1 E Figure 5 63 VRS 4 U ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 6 6 2 Installation Issue 6 Two VRS 4 U10 ETUs can be installed in slots S2 S7 6 6 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 56 VRS 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 56 VRS 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Settings Function swi 1 swi 2 SWi1 3 Off Off Off 0 decibels default On Off Off 1 decibel Off On Off 2 decibels On On Off 3 decibels Off Off On 4 decibels On Off On 5 decibels Off On On 6 decibels On On On
33. One Line See if problem occurs on all Multiline Terminals Assigned Ringing Yes Ringing All Multiline Terminals Assigned 8 Program ring assignment and test Yes End Corrected Not all terminals Replace one terminal that has problems Yes Still have Problem Program station for off hook and p day night ring deny DND feature and test again v See if affected lines can be isolated to one COI 8 U ETU Return defective Multiline Terminal for repair 1 COI 8 U Perform the following tests 100 Vac 20 Hz at the MDF 2 Perform Second Initialization 3 Place external ringer in front of system worst case CO line Check if customer can hear external ringer at times when 4 If problem is not solved perform First 5 Test system using default program 1 Measure CO ring voltage with AC meter system does not detect ringing on this line Initialization and replace B48 U10 KSU Yes Corrected Done Reset Replace COI 8 U ETU No Yes Corrected on the 10 10 Done System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 6 C2 C Call Dropping if problem is on all lines N
34. Series i digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with the 2 color LED a built in speakerphone headset jack a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys A maximum of 32 DTH DTR 8D 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 3 DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 2 4 Electra Elite DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or for D Series i digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys A maximum of 32 DTH DTR 16D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combin
35. System Hardware Manual 7 3 Issue 6 Electra Elite 6 When an adapter is being installed press tabs A and B to remove the dummy end from the base plate as shown in Figure 7 5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End Base Plate Dummy End Figure 7 5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End 7 Cut the dummy end in half as shown in Figure 7 6 Cutting Dummy End in Half Cut Here Dummy End B Dummy End A Figure 7 6 Cutting Dummy End in Half 8 When an Adapter is installed in connector 1 as shown in Figure 7 7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1 install dummy end B as shown in Figure 7 8 Installing Dummy End B 7 4 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 7 7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1 Dummy End B Figure 7 8 Installing Dummy End B 9 When an Adapter is installed in connector 2 install dummy end A in the other slot System Hardware Manual 7 5 Issue 6 SECTION 3 INSTALLATION 3 1 PROCEDURES Electra Elite ACA U Unit AC Adapter This unit provides power to ancillary devices Attendant Consoles or DTP 16HC 1 TELs Except for the DTP 16HC 1 TEL the ACA U Unit must be connected to an adapter that is installed on a Multiline Terminal If more than one adapter is installed on a Multiline Terminal only one ACA U Unit is necessary The power requirements for the ACA U Unit are 120V AC 60 Hz 30W Output 24V DC 750 mA Polarity gt 3 1 1 Connecting the ACA U
36. The technician should be familiar with the Electra Elite 48 system before attempting to install it Review this chapter carefully Two programming positions are available in the Electra Elite 48 system Station equipment that is connected to the first ESI 8 U ETU is automatically set as a programming position and must be a display Multiline Terminal An unlimited number of Attendant positions can be assigned in the Electra Elite 48 system An Attendant Position can have one to four DCU 60 1 Consoles attached Each Attendant Console must be supported by an ESI 8 U ETU A maximum of four Attendant Consoles can be installed in each Electra Elite 48 system Electra Elite 48 systems can be programmed from a personal computer The Menu Programming option available with PC Programming allows the technician end user easy access to all information that can be programmed on the Electra Elite 48 system The PC must be a 486 or higher and have Windows 95 or higher to be compatible with the Electra Elite 48 system Issue 6 SECTION 5 PROGRAMMING FROM A MULTILINE TERMINAL SECTION 6 ELECTRA ELITE 48 REMOTE PC PROGRAMMING Electra Elite Programming for the Electra Elite 48 system is accomplished through PC Programming As an added convenience programming for the system can be accomplished using Electra Elite or Electra Professional Multiline Terminals with LCD Multiline Terminal programming should be used after the system is installed
37. This unit provides loop start DTMF trunks only and supports eight outside CO PBX lines The unit provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing This ETU is installed in slots S3 or S4 in the B48 U10 KSU 7000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be installed in slots 53 56 This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 2 ETUs 16 CO Class lines DID 4 U ETU The Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit supports up to four DID or four 2 way DID lines Each DID 4 U ETU requires one interface slot position in the KSU rz Immediate wink start second dial tone and delay start signaling can be combined on this ETU This ETU is installed in slots 53 56 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed These ETUs share the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 4 ETUS 16 DID Trunks Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 b KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities The Digital Trunk Interface ETU terminates Fractional T1 16 DS 0 channels lines This contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing control function Tie line E amp M and DID signaling Only the DTI U30 supports K CCIS common channel signaling Automatic Number Indication ANI is support
38. 10BASE T Cable Figure 5 50 10Base T Cable Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 BNC Connector Jacks 1 8 Figure 5 51 VDH2 8 U ETU Terminating Plug 1 4 T type connector 10BASE 2 Cable 10BASE T Cable Figure 5 52 VDH2 8 U Connectors Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 9 4 Installing the VDH2 8 U Three ETUs can be installed in slots S2 S7 The 10Base T ports on the VDH2 8 U ETU use 4 wire polar cables When connecting a VDH2 8 U ETU to a multiline terminal do not use under carpet cables because the device becomes susceptible to outside noises It is better to use EIA TIA round cables instead of flat cables When under carpet cables are used you must follow the installation instructions provided by the cable manufacturer Also consider these precautions Limit the under carpet cable length to 65 feet When using multiple pair cabling to connect the VDH2 8 U units to the multiline terminal do not include analog lines in the same cable When connecting a VDH2 8 U ETU lead the cable connected to the ETU out through the clamp on the bottom right of the KSU Figure 5 50 10Base T Cable Connections shows cable connections to the LAN using 10Base T cabling Use an EIA TIA category 3 or higher unshielded twisted pair cable Do not use 10Base T cable for overhead wiring or
39. Power On LED 1 Line 1 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 2 Line 2 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 3 Line 3 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 4 Line 4 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 5 Line 5 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 6 Line 6 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 7 Line 7 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 8 Line 8 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 2 5 Connectors The COI 4 8 U has the following connector Connects to the backboard 4 2 6 Connections MDF Demark Ti nM p Ri R MDF Demark T R1 _ R T3 T T ERN R3 R H L T4 T R3 _ R 5 T T R5 R R4 EM R T6 __ 1 R COI 4 U10 ETU E ER T8 T Rs R COI 8 U10 ETU Figure 5 14 COI 4 8 U Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 43 COIB 4 U ETU 4 3 1 Description This functions the same as the COl 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central Office Interface When the ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and or Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for COI mode Loop Start or Ground Start is supported Caller ID is not supported in the mode Connections for Ground Start Trunks are polarity sensitive This ETU contains
40. Re R Eza R7 R T8 T R8 R Figure 5 20 COIB 8 U Connections 5 32 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 4 5 7 ETU Feature Chart ETU Caller ID Pad Loop Ground Fax CAMA See Note Control Start Start Branch Trunk COI 4 U X X x COI 8 U X X X COID 4 U X X X X COID 8 U X X X COIB 4 U X X X X COIB 4 U20 X X X X COIB 8 U X X X X t Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks trunk support is provided on COIB 8 U ports and 7 Other ETUs listed except COIB 4 U20 support CAMA trunks on all ports System Hardware Manual 5 33 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 6 X COID 4 8 U ETU 4 6 1 Description The COID 4 8 U ETU provides the Central Office interface for Caller ID Detection This ETU provides circuitry for outside ring detection hold dialing Caller ID detection and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911 The COID 4 8 U ETU provides four eight trunks that are Loop Start with DTMF signaling only Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 21 COID 8 U ETU 5 34 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 4 6 2 4 6 3 4 6 4 Issue 6 Installation A maximum of two COID 4 8 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slot S3 or S4
41. System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Selecting an Installation Location Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise e g fluorescent lighting Figure 6 28 Analog Cordless Terminal Connecting the Telephone Cord The DTR 1R 1 D Analog Cordless terminal is connected to an analog port on the KSU using an SLI 4 8 U or OPX 2 U ETU SLT 1 U ADP or APR U Unit connected to the multiline terminal A TEL LINE jack is located on back of the base unit of the D Analog Cordless terminal Observe the following warnings during installation Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Issue 6 Electra Elite Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Using the telephone line cord supplied with the D Analog Cordless terminal connect the TEL LINE to the telephone line 12 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 1 Plug the AC Adapter connector in the DC IN 9V jack 2 Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or where it could become chafed
42. Wall Mounting Dimensions 46 5 Locally Provided Screw 194 5 Figure 7 35 Threading Screw into Wall 2 Place hole for mounting over the screw and Hang the DBM B U on the screw Refer to Figure 7 36 Hanging DBM B U on Screw 7 28 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Hole DBM B U10 Figure 7 36 Hanging DBM B U on Screw 3 Remove the display panel to access screws and thread the in place bottom screws on the outside boards into the wall Refer to Figure 7 37 Installing Bottom Screws Hang on Installed Screw O ist DBM E DBM B Q Q Install Bottom Screws Figure 7 37 Installing Bottom Screws Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 Tighten the top screw on the DBM B U Box rz When four or five expansion boards are used install the bottom screw on the middle unit as well 3 7 3 Connecting the DBM B to Power and ESI 1 Refer to Figure 7 38 Connecting DBM B U and Connect the provided AC Adapter to the DBM B U10 AC Adapter Bottom of DBM B U10 Line Cable bt RO Cable Clamp Frame Ground NC C Clamp Screw Figure 7 38 Connecting DBM B U 2 Connect the line cable to the DBM B U 3 Place the clamp around the cables insert the clamp screw and attach clamp to the DBM B U 4 Refer to Figure 7 39 Connecting DBM B U to ESI Port and connect the display board system to ESI 7 30
43. j and test Go to Flowchart Al Go to Flowchart A1 Leave SLI 4 8 U Y and one ESI 8 U ETU installed Y Test for CO dial 1 Check Memory Blocks 4 07 4 08 tone at MDF with and 4 19 for Station Restriction test set and check 2 Check Memory Block 4 09 for CO wiring Telephone to Tenant Assignment Yes No Check SW 1 8 on COI 8 U ETU for proper switch setting y Check conduit and frame ground to system for ground start trunks CO dial tone p dial tone No 1 Perform Second Have Telco check lines 1 Reset and test replace COI 8 U and test If trouble persists go to 2 2 Perform Second Initialization If trouble persists go to 3 3 Perform First Initialization If trouble persists go to 4 4 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using default program 10 12 System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 6 C4 C CO PBX Dialing Problem Cannot Dial Out on CO Check CO lines at SLT Yes with test set to see if problem they or DP only DTMF DP or DTMF Check CO lines at MDF Check CO lines at MDF Check Memory Block 3 92 with test set to see if with test set to see if Selection bius ui are they are DTMF or DP they are DTMF or DP programmed for DP i Reprogram as DP
44. 32 DTH 16D 1 TEL DTR 16D 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminals have 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail This terminal also has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 System Hardware Manual 1 15 Issue 6 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities DTP DTU 32 1 TEL This digital Terminal has 32 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit 31 DTP 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 DTH 32D 1 TEL DTR 32D 1 TEL This digital Multiline Termin
45. 4 9 1 Music on Hold Station Background Music 2 19 4 9 2 External Paging ftn 4 9 3 External Tone Ringer Night Chime Output 2 19 455 PC COMB RU d OR O Ae REIA CONIC acini ETUR 2 19 4 10 Audible and Visual Indications 2 20 4 10 1 4 10 2 Tone Pattems occ e ceste e termine nac LED Flash Patterns ccccccccesseeeeeeeseeeeeeceeeseeereeeseesseesee 2 20 Chapter 3 Hardware Requirements Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 General Information PA Programming Stations m HA I 3 1 Attendant Stations 3 1 Programming from a PC 3 1 Table of Contents Electra Elite Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Issue 6 Programming from a Multiline Terminal 3 2 Electra Elite 48 Remote PC Programming 3 2 6 1 Remote Pe QR dia qnit qb LUN DU DER EE DDR Ro DEI GA M 3 2 Determining Required Equipment 3 3 7 1 SRI EDDIE 3 3 7 2 me M S 3 4 7 2 1 Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers 3 5 das Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUS 3 6 7 0 8 PBR Ha
46. Console Multiline Terminal Figure 9 5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal Issue 6 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Installing Electra Professional Equipment Chapter 10 System Maintenance 10th Tab System Maintenance Chapter 10 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter can be used by the technician to troubleshoot and diagnose problems during and after system installation The troubleshooting flow charts and general test procedures aid the technician to identify possible causes of the problem by defining the problem area Using the System Data Upload Download feature all System Programming and Speed Dial data can be stored on disk for safe keeping All completed System Programming should be downloaded to a disk for backup If system memory fails the data on this disk can be uploaded to restore memory SECTION 2 OPERA MONAL The effectiveness of this maintenance section depends on the technician CURRENT AND The technician should not make any assumptions For example a new VOLTAGE CHECKS power supply used to replace another power supply cannot be assumed to be working properly The output of the power supply must be checked with a volt meter The ESI 8 U10 ETU allows the measurement of 5V and 24V This ETU can be used for the power output measurements Refer to Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement Before the technician can troubleshoot the correct tools must be available Some of th
47. Default Off SW1 3 On DTE Software Loopback Sets Loopback in the DTI ETU Off Line Loopback to CO This switch is active only Default when SW1 2 is On SW1 4 On Test Mode Switches between normal Off Normal Operation operation and test mode Default Swi 5 N A N A SW1 6 N A N A SW2 N A Resets the DTI ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 4 8 4 LED Indications Table 5 19 DTI U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Normal Operation No Power Channel Status Switch SW1 1 Off Switch SW1 1 On ot LED 1 Channel 1 Busy LSA Alarm Idle LED 2 Channel 2 Busy AIS Alarm Idle LED 3 Channel 3 Busy OOF Alarm Idle LED 4 Channel 4 Busy RAI Alarm Idle LED 5 Channel 5 Busy CRC Alarm Idle LED 6 Channel 6 Busy BPV Alarm Idle LED 7 Channel 7 Busy SLIP Alarm Idle LED 8 Channel 8 Busy N A Idle LED 9 Channel 9 Busy TSC Alarm Idle LED 10 Channel 10 Busy ESA Alarm Idle LED 11 Channel 11 Busy LOS Alarm Idle LED 12 Channel 12 Busy N A Idle LED 13 Channel 13 Busy N A Idle LED 14 Channel 14 Busy N A Idle LED 15 Channel 15 Busy N A Idle LED 16 Channel 16 Busy N A Idle LED 17 Not Used Not Used Line Loopback On Not Used LED 18 Not Used Not Used DTE Loopback On Not Used LED 19 Not Used Not Used N A Not Used LED 20 Not Used Not Used N A Not Used LED 21 Not Used Not Used N A No
48. ECR DPH ay DTU ETW 8 COID 4 AMPHENOL 1 26 WH BL GN BK T 1 BL WH RD YL R 27 WH OR GN BK T 2 OR WH RD YL R 28 WH GN GN BK T S 3 GN WH RD YL R L 29 WH BR GN BK T 4 BR WH RD YL R 30 WH SL GN BK T 5 SL WH RD YL R i 31 RD BL GN BK T 6 BL RD RD YL R 32 RD OR GN BK T 7 OR RD RD YL R 33 RD GN GN BK T 8 GN RD RD YL R 34 RD BH GN BK LT TT T T T T T T T GND TAT TAT pp Zr 9 BR RD RD YL Te TBA Zone3 1 35 RD SL GN BK T T ET RA RA3 EP 10 SL RD RD YL M 1 RB 1 Zone2 36 BK BL GN BK TTT T T T m a ee ZII 11 BL BK RD YL RIRIR R R TB 2 2 1 2 37 BK OR GN BK TT TT T Night S 12 OR BK RD YL RIRIR R R Rt 1 RB2 Chime L 38 BK GN GN BK Ex DLR T 13 GN BK RD YL 3 Ringer 1 39 BK BR GN BK T T T T Ex DLR 3 14 BR BK RD YL me RB3 Ringer 2 40 BK SL GN BK T T T T T7T2 Ext DLR 15 SL BK RD YL R2 4 Ringer 3 41 YL BL GN BK T T 1 Fax 11 2 4 Ext Tone DLR 16 BL YL RD YL R R1 2 RB4 Ringer 4 8000 or higher System Hardware Manua
49. EPROM SW1 Description On System boot by Flash ROM Off System boot by EPROM 3 4 4 LED Indications Table 5 4 MIFA U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED1 Programming status Problem when Loading Flash ROM Not Used loading Flash ROM from EPROM or PC or LCR Programming connected 5 12 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 5 Issue 6 3 4 5 Connectors The MIFA U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the Backboard Connects to the Backboard Connects the backup battery during installation t Disconnect to store the ETU 1 6 Not used by Electra Elite 48 MIFM U ETU 3 5 1 Description This ETU provides additional memory and processing power for PC Programming SMDR LCR Caller ID or Wireless activation PC Programming and SMDR are standard LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing require the KMM 1 0 U to be mounted on the MIFM U ETU The MIFM U must be installed in KSU Slot S2 Sw2 orr 1 2 ON f KMM 1 0 U CN2 Figure 5 10 MIFM U ETU 5 13 Issue 6 3 5 2 3 5 3 3 5 4 Electra Elite Installation Only one MIFM U ETU can be installed t Slot S2 may contain either the MIFA U ETU or MIFM U ETU The system cannot support both at the same time Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 5 MIFM U Default Switch Sett
50. Electra Elite Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections Terminal ENS Number Cables to Connect Terminal Specifications When warning tone is not being sent from Input Terminal T1 the recorder connect wire pair input from T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device tone generator to T1 T2 The warning when DIP switches 3 and 4 are OFF tones from the generator are sent to T1 T2 on a dedicated wire pair while the speech When switches 3 and 4 are ON a humming sound path is sent from the ADA U on T3 T4 over may be recorded due to impedance mismatch T2 a separate wire pair to the recorder Input Impedance on T1 and T2 100K Q Input Level on T1 and T2 15 dB 40 dB Connect recorder device wire pair speech Input Output Terminal input to T3 T4 Refer to dip switch settings in Table 7 2 ADA U Unit When the recorder used supplies Switch Settings T3 T4 warning tone this tone may also be sent over the 1T3 T4 wire pair back to the terminal Connect the bare end of the control cable When a Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is closed When the Multiline Terminal goes off hook 5 using the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is open When recorder owner manual specifies start on open circuit connect T5 and T6 T6 Connect the shielded end of the control Provides common connection for control cable cable Connect the bare end of the control cable When the Mult
51. L terminals of the batteries Figure 4 15 Connecting Built In Batteries 2 Slide the batteries into the bottom space at the left side the KSU and install the battery cover as shown in Figure 4 16 Installing Batteries in the KSU Figure 4 16 Installing Batteries in the KSU 3 Connect the cable to the BATTERY INT connector of the PSU as shown in Figure 4 17 Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 8 2 Issue 6 Figure 4 17 Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit External Battery Installation Batteries that are purchased locally can be connected to the system as external batteries When installing external batteries disconnect bU the battery cable for the built in batteries from E the BATTERY EXT connector of the KSU When the built in batteries are connected with the external batteries a large charging current may flow from the external batteries to the built in batteries and cause battery cable burns 1 Connect cabling to the external batteries as shown in Figure 4 18 Connecting Cables for External Batteries Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 4 18 Connecting Cables for External Batteries 2 Route the cables through the clamps on the bottom right side of the KSU 3 Connect the external batteries to the KSU in the location shown in Figure 4 19 Connecting the External Power Cables to the
52. SPKR OUT RLY 1 ise s ZoneA RLY 2 N Zone Pagin lo Zone B ging NI 2 Output from MDF RLY 3 31 Zone C 1227 CN 2 Connector SPKR OUT Pin 4 CN3 External External Paging Amplifier RCA Jack Figure 5 60 ECR U Block Diagram 5 111 Issue 6 5 112 6 4 2 6 4 3 6 4 4 Electra Elite Installation Install only one ECR U in slots S3 S6 LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power Off No Power Busy LED indications are listed below Steady Red Some Relays Busy Off All Relays Idle Connectors Refer to Table 5 55 Connector Descriptions CN2 and Figure 5 61 ECR U ETU Connects to the Backboard CN2 Relay Contacts for Relays 11 and 12 Both way Audio Connection for External Paging Audio output for Tone Ringer and Night Chime Table 5 55 Connector Descriptions CN2 Pin Number Description 13 16 Not Used 12 Relay 1 General Purpose 10 9 Relay 0 General Purpose 5 8 Not Used 4 Zone Paging Audio Input 3 2 External Paging BGM input Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 Refer to Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections for all other ECR U cable connections TP2 TEST TP3 GND RL101 180102 __
53. SW1 Settings shows application selection SW1 4 is not used and must be OFF Table 5 21 PRT 1 U ETU SW1 Settings SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 Application ON ON ON OFF NI 2 OFF ON ON OFF 4ESS AT amp T Custom OFF OFF ON OFF AT amp T 5ESS Lucent Custom ON ON OFF OFF DMS 100 Custom ON OFF ON OFF DMS 100 National ISDN Nortel Specification NIS A211 1 Nortel Specification NIS A233 1 Switch SW2 is an 8 position rotary switch that can be set even during operation A small flat screwdriver can be used to set positions as follows Position 0 Alarm Indications Position 1 B Channels 01 12 Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Position 2 B Channels 13 23 Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Positions 3 CO Trunks 01 12 assigned to PRT ETU Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Positions 4 CO Trunks 13 23 assigned to PRT ETU Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Positions 5 amp 6 Not Used Position 7 Inspection Mode in production line 5 48 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 4 10 4 LED Indications Table 5 22 PRT 1 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Stopped Power On Normal Operation No Power LED Channel Trunk On Alarms On On Status SW Position 0 SW 2 Position 1 SW2 P
54. Table 5 45 Configuration Support Table Function Configuration Support Applications Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail only No transfer Call Forwarding Supported Connections Connects to backplane connector of the KSU Hardware One VMS 2 4 8 U ETU Message Notification Through message waiting lamps Operator Console 100 default Positive disconnect Digital Signal Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Table 5 45 Configuration Support Table Continued Function Configuration Support Telephone One of the following telephones is required to program Electra Elite 48 System data DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL DSP F 21 Unit Adds four additional voice mail ports Required by VMS 8 U ETU MDM F 20 Unit Used for remote connection 5 10 2 Installation Only one VMS 2 4 8 U ETU can be installed in slots 52 57 Slot S7 is recommended gt system can have one FMS 2 4 8 U 4 8 12 16 0 ETU or VMS FMS CMS U30 instead of VMS but not at the same time Issue 6 Electra Elite 8 port VMS
55. The DIP Switch is located at the bottom center of the ADA U Unit The DIP Switch allows a technician to configure the board to specific settings Figure 7 14 ADA U Unit Switch Settings shows the default settings Terminals Dip Switch 87654321 Default Default Settings Figure 7 14 ADA U Unit Switch Settings System Hardware Manual 7 11 Issue 6 Electra Elite The following switch settings should be made on the ADA U Unit to enable or disable the record start warning tone Switch settings should be made before installing the ADA U Unit in the Multiline Terminal Refer to Table 7 2 ADA U Unit Switch Settings Table 7 2 ADA U Unit Switch Settings Switch Setting Description When the ADA U provides SW1 1 Off control to the recorder SW1 1 must be On SW1 2 Off Leave Off SW1 3 SW1 4 Warning Tone from recording device over On On same wire pair as speech SW1 3 path and Warning Tone from SW1 4 SW1 3 SW1 4 recorder generator equipment on dedicated Off Off wire pair to recorder MIC input SW1 5 SW1 6 Input impedance is 600 SW1 5 Off On and SW1 6 pu SINT Input impedance is less On Off than 3062 When warning tone from SW1 7 On any device is sent to telephone SW1 8 Off Leave Off gt Do not connect T1 and T2 when switches SW1 3 and SW1 4 are ON Install
56. USER S8000 System Administration Terminal Software for End User SAT S W TECH S8000 System Administration Terminal Software for Technician SAT LCR Version 2 00 System Administration Terminal Software for Least Cost Routing Wireless Service Console WSC Wireless Service Console WSC Administration Terminal Software IP Configurator VoIP Administration Terminal VAT Software 1 20 Introduction Chapter 2 System Specifications 2nd Tab System Specifications SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM System Hardware Manual Chapter 2 This chapter provides technicians with detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 48 system The technician should review this information carefully before installing the system Figure 2 1 System Block Diagram shows the ETUs that can be installed in the KSU and the number of channels supported when the ETU is installed Table 2 1 List of Abbreviations lists abbreviations used in the diagram Table 2 1 List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Description ACD Automatic Call Distribution AMP Amplifier APR Analog Port Ringer BRT Basic Rate Trunk Interface BSU Base Station Unit CCH Common Channel Handler K CCIS CNF Multiline Conference Bridge COI Central Office Interface COIB Central Office Interface COI COID mode COID Central Office Caller ID COM Communic
57. ony 0 X s cow PRT 2 4 42 YL OR 17 OR YL 43 YL GN 18 GN YL 44 YL BR S 19 BR YL 45 YL SL 20 SL YL 46 VI BL 21 BL VI 7 47 VI OR 22 OR VI 48 VI GN 23 GN VI 49 VI BR 24 BR VI EXTERNAL PAGE OUTPUT gt Slots 2 and 7 do not have MDF connections These slots can be used for VRS PBR VDH or VMS 4 8 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 2 5 Power Failure Transfer The Power Failure Transfer relay is located in the KSU When selecting a Single Line Telephone for power failure transfer make sure it matches the CO line dialing type 10 pps 20 pps or DTMF where it is connected A Single Line Telephone with a ground button must be used with Ground Start Trunks Refer to Figure 4 2 Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT tip To Single Line Telephone Ring OOrm 4 NOE 1 50 gt noz SLT Ring 25 Figure 4 2 Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT 2 6 Fax CO Branch Connection This connection is made to the fourth port on any COI 4 U COIB 4 U or COID 4 U ETU Refer to Figure 4 3 Fax CO Branch Connection The facsimile machine is connected to the eighth port for the specified slot where COI 4 U COIB 4 U or COID 4 U ETU is installed Demark T1 T JU 20 20 420 T8 r R8 FAX RJ 11 Figure 4 3 Fax CO Branch Connection System H
58. that support K CCIS and Automatic Number Indication ANI on T1 A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling can be used on the DTI U ETU DTMF Dial Pulse dialing Tie line E amp M and DID are supported The DTI U ETU has 24 built in DTMF detectors Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 25 DTI U ETU Issue 6 Electra Elite When channels are assigned to ANI the DTI U10 supports Feature Group D incoming only signaling using System Software 53000 The DTI U20 30 supports Feature Group D incoming MF outgoing DTMF signaling using System Software S4500 or higher Only the DTI U30 can support the K CCIS feature with point to point E amp M Tie lines System Software S7000 or higher is required 4 8 2 Installation When a DTI U ETU is installed a CLKG U Unit must be installed on the MBD U10 Unit One DTI U ETU can be installed in slot S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher four DTI U ETUs can be installed in slots 53 56 limited by 16 trunks 4 8 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 18 DTI U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 18 DTI U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 1 On Indicates alarm Used to assign LED loopback status of the Indications channel Off Indicates channel is busy or idle Default SW1 2 On Loopback on Switches Loopback on Off Loopback off Default and off
59. wink start second dial tone and Delay dial signaling can be combined on this ETU This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 4 ETUS 8 Tie lines Station Electronic Telephone Units CNF 8 U The Multiline Conference Bridge feature allows any intercom user or any outside party calling a port of the CNF 8 U to join make a multiparty conference call This ETU supports one 8 party conference or two 4 party conferences regulated by a switch setting This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU The system recognizes this ETU as SLI 8 U10 ETU This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 2 ETUS 16 Conference Ports CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U This ETU is a 4 8 12 or 16 port Digital Voice Mail system with ports that can support TeLANophy inbound outbound faxing and Hospitality HVM applications It can be installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots Slot S7 is recommended This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 1 ETU 1 10 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Se KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities The Doorphone interface ETU allows four DP D 1A Doorphones to be connected Two simultaneous calls are allowed and four Door DPH 4 U
60. 0 U must be installed Modem Kit Unit The modem unit is installed on the PCT S U Unit or MIFM U ETU 1 per system Trunk Electronic Telephone Units BRT 4 U ETU This Basic Rate Interface unit provides four channels eight voice channels for ISDN Basic Rate Interface Caller ID is supported This ETU is installed in slot S3 or S4 in the B48 U10 KSU S7000 or lower Using S8000 or higher This ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system A CLKG U Unit must be installed 2 ETUs 16 B Channels System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description ap Electrical fuses posistors are built into this This unit supports four outside CO PBX lines and provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing The outside lines must be Loop Start DTMF trunks 4 ETUs COI 4 U ETU This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk 16 CO PBX lines The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Electrical fuses posistors are built into this This unit supports eight outside CO PBX lines and provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing The outside lin
61. 1 Remove the hook from the unit Figure 8 24 Removing the Hook 8 20 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 2 the hook with the tab toward the top 3 Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming the hanger hook for the handset Figure 8 25 Sliding the Hook into Position 11 2 Installing the Base Cover to the Wall 1 Raise and remove the Base Cover Refer to Section 9 Removing or Installing the Base Cover 2 Remove cutout shown in Figure 8 26 Removing Cutout with nippers System Hardware Manual 8 21 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 Plug line cord in the wall receptacle leave about 8 inches of cord and bundle the rest as shown in Figure 8 27 Bundling Line Cord Figure 8 27 Bundling Line Cord 4 Turn the Base Cover upside down feed the line cord in the cutout and attach it to the wall using 6 screws as shown in Figure 8 28 Installing Base Cover Figure 8 28 Installing Base Cover 8 22 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 5 Install the telephone over the four tabs on the Base Cover and push down until it clicks in place Figure 8 29 Installing the Telephone 6 Install the Line cord as shown in Figure 8 30 Plugging in Line Cord Figure 8 30 Plugging in Line Cord System Hardware Manual 8 23 Issue 6 Electra Elite 7 Push
62. 1 Description The 010 4 interfaces Direct Inward Termination lines and 2 way DID lines This ETU provides a maximum of four DID lines Wink start delay start immediate start and second Dial Tone are accommodated with this ETU Dial Pulse and DTMF are also supported There are four built in DTMF signal detectors Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 23 DID 4 U ETU System Hardware Manual 5 37 Issue 6 Electra Elite Installation A maximum of four DID 4 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slots S3 S6 LED Indications Table 5 17 DID 4 U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED 1 Line 1 status Busy Not Used ldle LED 2 Line 2 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 Line 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 Line 4 status Busy Not Used Idle Connectors The DID 4 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard Connections MDF Demark T1 T R1 R T2 T R2 R T3 T R3 R T4 T R4 R Figure 5 24 DID 4 U Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 48 DTI U ETU 4 8 1 Description The DTI U ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that provides termination of FT1 trunks up to 16 DS 0 channels
63. 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 5 4 3 6 LUSSO MERE ERO TIME UD DH C oe PENANO TOO OR ee Ev P a DU FRE ple dn PME oor ap C oo LED GRINS RETI TE PRU eL NER TEE doll ET 5 26 4 4 1 4 4 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 6 4 4 7 Description Installation 5 27 Switch Settings EEE EE 8 07 Bziij LiL a ane ee ene HUM adds s 0 28 LL MTM c IL ETU Feature Chart 5 29 TET 6 00 4 5 1 8 7 50 0 iiic Mccain oe vi Table of Contents Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 6 4 7 4 8 Issue 6 4 5 2 MERETUR PD ALTRE EE LI 5 31 4 5 3 bacc cius RE EO 5 31 4 5 4 Jer vex ER 5 31 4 5 5 Wels D RENTRER 5 32 4 5 6 oco toll S RIE EE RES 5 32 4 5 7 ETU Feature Chari 5 33 TETU pani HO NA 5 34 4 6 1 RIE aon o eT 5 34 4 6 2 jd csi e t PME ONERE MP MDC TU T 5 35 4 6 3 DHL E aono vor RETOUR Ora Liao p a 5 35 4 6 4 BEL Ma spi dem URN 5 35 4 6 5 Posiciones na ine Ptr ee CETUR 5 35 4 6 6 EODD oco paene d i 5 36 DIRAN VETU p 5 37 4 7 1 Rr qii 5 37 4 7 2 mstalatioi PTT TOO DOO 5 38 4 7 3 5 38 4 7 4
64. 4 13 Figure 4 14 Figure 4 15 Figure 4 16 Figure 4 17 Figure 4 18 System Hardware Manual List of Figures System Example 1 3 2 3 Connecting the ESI to the Multiline Terminal Using Twisted 2 Pair Cable 2 7 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example 3 5 Typical Ful MOF ont rr 4 4 Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT 4 9 t tM 4 9 Removing the Cover of the KSU 4 11 Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the KSU 4 12 Template RR Irem 4 12 Ranging ihe KaU eene PCT 4 13 atalino SOONE saaana ioia 4 13 ec 4 14 RAKUTO Unit and 4 15 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit 4 15 Disconnecting Cable from the PSU 4 17 Installing the PSU in the KSU s 4 18 PSU Fuse Replacement 4 19 Connecting Built In Batteries aero 4 20 installing Batteries in the KSU Leuuius ias reperit ice kk dad enia 4 20 Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit 4 21 Connecting Cables for External Batteries 4 22 xxi Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 4 19 Connecting the External Power Cables to the PSU
65. 5 2 5 72 5 5 3 Switch Settings 5 73 ix Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 5 4 2253 5 5 6 LED Indications sie rer ri tre re re irent rnc 9 14 amp sss deci prre rera rever deerat rax is rari ro rr paie Installation Precautions 8 75 VMS FMS CMS JUD D76 5 6 1 5 6 2 5 6 3 5 6 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 5 6 7 5 6 8 5 6 9 ee ee ees 5 7 1 5 7 2 5 7 3 5 7 4 E tL iere 5 8 1 5 8 2 5 8 3 5 8 4 5 8 5 EM Upgrade EliteMail VMS 2 4 U30 to 8 ports Rn us Upgrade EliteMail Limited FMS 2 4 U30 Jumper LED Indies On ooo ni THE ES CONECO MN RE Installation Precautions nets llli es etn unb oem LED CBHRBOIOIS desi Debe Pto VEU LESE BUDE LED Indications cecinere nene COnnselofe used a rri Connections EQ T 5 76 5 76 TEET Sp T 5 78 5 78 5 79 5 80 5 81 5 81 5 82 5 84 5 85 VDH2 8 U SRB 5 9 1 br seris p get Rn ao ene 5 8
66. 7 INSTALLING DTU DTP LiNE CARDS AND PLAsTIC PANELS 7 1 6 14 Electra Elite Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then placed on the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key designations The Line Card can be changed as necessary The Plastic Panel is placed on top of the Line Card to hold it in place 1 Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal 2 Place the tabs on the bottom of the plastic panel in the grooves at the terminal bottom and press top right and left ends to secure plastic panel to the Multiline Terminal Refer to Figure 6 16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Multiline Terminal Figure 6 16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 6 17 Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 7T 2 Plastic Panel Removal Lift the right corner raise the panel and slide the bottom away from the Multiline Terminal Never pull the bottom of the plastic panel to remove it the plastic panel could be L damaged System Hardware Manual 6 15 Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 6 18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal 3 Install the plastic panel again 6 16 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 SECTION 8 REMOVI
67. 7 decibels On Record Gain SW1 4 Off Record Pad default SW2 N A Test Reset Switch 6 6 4 LED Indications Table 5 57 VRS 4 LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off BSY 1 Channel 1 status Busy Not Used Idle BSY 2 Channel 2 status Busy Not Used Idle BSY 3 Channel 3 status Busy Not Used Idle BSY 4 Channel 4 status Busy Not Used Idle LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal operation No Power Power On System Hardware Manual 5 117 Issue 6 Electra Elite 6 6 5 Connectors The VRS 4 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 6 6 6 Pins Two pins SP1 and SP2 are located on the top right of the VRS ETU These short pins are for maintenance Do not change the factory default settings on these pins Pins 2 and 3 are short circuited 5 118 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Chapter 6 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals 6th Tab Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Chapter 6 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 MULTILINE TERMINALS System Hardware Manual The Electra Elite 48 system provides several different Multiline Terminals an Attendant Console and several adapters that allow peripheral equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals With the exception of the VDD U Unit the adapters can also be used with Series E Multiline Terminals This chapter describes each terminal console and adapter and provide
68. Cad battery should be replaced about every two years Refer to Figure 5 8 KSU Backup Battery Replacement Figure 5 8 KSU Backup Battery Replacement 1 Remove the battery cable from CN4 on the MBD U10 Unit 2 Connect the cable from the new battery to CN4 on the MBD U10 Unit 3 Turn off the KSU power 4 Use cutting tool to cut the tie wrap that fastens it and remove the old battery 5 Fasten the new battery with a tie wrap 6 Turn on the KSU power 5 10 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 3 4 MIFA U ETU 3 4 1 3 4 2 System Hardware Manual Description The MIFA U provides additional memory and processing power to support ACD or UCD The ACD feature and KMA 1 0 U are not supported by the Electra Elite 48 system The MIFA U ETU must be installed in KSU Slot S2 SW2 orr 1 IC6 KMA 1 0 U ECN2 Figure 5 9 MIFA U ETU Installation Only one MIFA U ETU can be installed in the system t Slot S2 may contain either the MIFA U ETU or MIFM U ETU The system cannot support both at the same time 5 11 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 4 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 3 MIFA U Default Switch Settings Table 5 3 MIFA U Default Switch Settings SW2 1 SW2 2 Description Off Off Normal Operation On Off Factory Test Off On Not Used On On Flash ROM load from
69. DIP DIP DIP Description 1121314 To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON ON To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON To connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable connection ON To start BRU Host with direct cable connection ON ON start BRU Host with modem connection ON ON To connect to CoSession using direct cable connection but not start voice mail software Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode i Used for Revision Q05631 v 6 68 or Higher Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 5 4 LED Indications Table 5 37 FMS 2 4 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Receiving power Not Used No Power CH1 Port status 2 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH2 Port status 2 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH3 Port status 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH4 Port status 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH5 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH6 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH7 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH8 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used MB MB Switch status ON Not Used OFF BIOS DOS status BIOS Error Not Used No error BCLR Application status Red DOS started Not Used Idle VM not ready Green VM running Orange Error gt If BCLR LED is orange
70. Default Switch Jumper Settings Switch m Jumper Setting Description JP100 Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Receive pad for related channel 800 Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease JP101 Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Transmit pad for related channel 801 Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease Open for COI Selects the function for 51 Shorted default for COID COIB 8 U ETU between COI or COID mode Reset N A Resets the COIB 8 U ETU 4 5 4 LED Indications Table 5 15 COIB 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED 1 Channel 1 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 2 Channel 2 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 Channel 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 Channel 4 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 5 Channel 5 status Busy Not Used Idle System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 5 15 COIB 8 U ETU LED Indications Continued LED Description On Flashing Off LED 6 Channel 6 status Busy Not Used ldle LED 7 Channel 7 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 8 Channel 8 status Busy Not Used Idle 4 5 5 Connectors The COIB 8 U has the following connector Connects to the backboard 4 5 6 Connections MDF Demark T1 H Ri H R T2 T R2 R T3 T R3 R T4 T R4 T5 T R5 R
71. If trouble persists go to step 2 ETU s 2 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test system using default program Replace KSU System Hardware Manual 10 7 2 4 No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal 3 All DC Voltages OK Incorrect or No DC Voltage Electra Elite Terminate one Multiline Terminal from the KSU Programming Station directly to MDF and test gt Check AC Input Power Correct AC Power lt AC Power Yes No E Terminal auon Indications gt Cabling No Indication Turn system off Disconnect connectors remove all PC boards Replace Fuse s Bad PSU Fuses F1 amp F2 Terminal Reset MBD U10 Unit If trouble persists replace B48 U KSU Correct Indications Indications Installed Correct Indication Replace Corresponding Power Supply Done Problem Solved No Indication Rebuild System one card at a time If problem reappears gt replace defective i No Remove all ETUs and retest default program 1 If problem not solved perform First Initialization and test If trouble persists go to step 2 2 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test system using Build system one card at a time and replac
72. KSU System Hardware Manual 4 11 Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 4 5 Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the KSU 3 4 Wall Mounting the KSU 1 Use the template and attach two of the four locally provided screws to the wall as shown in Figure 4 6 Using the Template Do not thread in the last 1 8 inch of the screws Figure 4 6 Using the Template 4 12 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 2 Hangthe KSU as shown in Figure 4 7 Hanging the KSU Figure 4 7 Hanging the KSU 3 Install screws in bottom of KSU and tighten screws at the top Figure 4 8 Installing Screws System Hardware Manual 4 13 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 4 1 Grounding Requirements The KSU must be properly grounded The Electra Elite 48 KSU is provided with a typical ac third wire ground When this ground is questionable provide an alternative ground 1 Connect the grounding cable green wire to the ground terminal on the right side of the KSU The locally provided grounding cable AWG must be greater than 16 Figure 4 9 KSU Grounding 2 Provide a suitable ground inside of a building according to local telephone company procedures 3 When no suitable ground is available a ground rod should be installed in accordance with the operating procedures of the local telephone company 4 14 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 3 5 Rack Mounting the KSU 1 Mount the RAK U10 Unit to the equipme
73. KTS and the CPU Each CCH ETU supports four K CCIS links Only one CCH 4 U ETU can be installed in each system In mu m ol LI o m m ol Figure 5 59 CCH 4 U10 ETU 6 3 2 Installation The CCH 4 U ETU can be installed in slots S2 S7 in the Elite 48 KSU Only one CCH 4 U ETU can be installed in a system Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 6 3 3 Switch Settings Default switch settings are shown in the following table Table 5 53 CCH 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 Momentary Switch Resets the CCH ETU When this switch is pressed all K CCIS users connected to the CCH ETU are interrupted Use this switch only after all other options have failed SW2 1 Off Normal Operation Default On Test Mode SW2 2 Off Boot from Flash Memory Default On Boot from E PROM IC30 SW2 3 Off Normal Operation Default On Test Mode SW2 4 Off Watch Dog Timer On Default On Watch Dog Timer Off 6 3 4 LED Indications Table 5 54 CCH 4 U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off 1 Link status for CCH1 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 2 Link status for CCH2 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 3 Link status for CCH3 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 4 Link status for 4 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 5 Link status for CCH1 Data sent received No
74. Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise e g fluorescent lighting Connecting the Telephone Cord The Base Unit of the DTP 16HC 1 Tel has two jacks on the back LINE and DC24V Observe the following warnings during 3 installation Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Using the telephone line cord supplied with the terminal connect the LINE jack to the telephone line Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 6 27 D Handset Cordless Terminal 11 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 1 Power to charge the battery is supplied from the Telephone line An ACA U Unit must be installed in the optional DC24V jack on the Base Unit to provide power for the Handset Cordless terminal Plug the ACA U Unit into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet The power level between the Handset and the Base is 10mW When the ACA U Unit is used route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or where it could become chafed and create a fire or electrical hazard An ACA U Unit is required for this terminal to operate properly Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 12 INSTALLING D e g ANALOG CORDLESS TERMINAL 12 1 12 2
75. LITE OR Dtme ConpiEss Il TERMINAL 10 1 Selecting an Installation Location Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise e g fluorescent lighting Power Indicator Figure 6 24 D Cordless Lite Terminal 6 20 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 6 25 Cordless Il 10 2 Connecting the Telephone Cords The D Cordless Lite or Cordless II terminal is connected to the telephone line and to the host telephone using two telephone line jacks on the back of the Base Unit LINE IN and LINE OUT Observe the following warnings during installation Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines 1 Unplug the telephone line cord from the host telephone and connect it to the LINE IN jack System Hardware Manual 6 21 Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 Using the telephone line cord supplied with the 0 Cordless or Cordless II Terminal connect the LINE OUT jack to the host telephone jack 10 3 Applying
76. Place Test Set on output of paging at ECR U ADP with all external wiring removed Yes No External page audible on test set v External amplifier or wiring is defective Check Memory Blocks 1 1 46 1 1 47 and 1 1 48 for correct access code external for paging No Access Code correct Yes Pass Retest using 1 Reset replace ECR U ADP and test colact debass Done 2 Perform Second Initialization and test then code perform First Initialization and test 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test Fail using default program System Hardware Manual 10 21 Issue 6 Electra Elite H1 1 SMDR Output Problems No Call Accounting System Yes Incoming Problem only Y Check Memory Block 1 5 26 for print selection No Printer RS 232C compatible Compare each parameter between printer and MIFM U Unit Baud rate 300 4800 ASCII serial output 7 or 8 bit word 1 or 2 stop bits Even Odd or no Parity SMDR requires RS 232C connection Install MIFM U in Slot S2 Parameter io Set correct parameters match LED On If On Off switch on MIFM U Test for proper is off turn it on operation V LED Off MIFM LED1 ON or Off Check another MIFM U in Slot
77. Power to the Base Unit 1 Plug the AC Adapter cord into the AC Adapter input jack on the Base Unit x Use only AC Adapter supplied with the Cordless or Cordless ll Terminal 2 Plug the AC Adapter into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet 3 Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or where it could become chafed and create a fire or other electrical hazards rz AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be equipped with a polarized line plug a plug having one blade wider than the other This plug fits into the power outlet only one way When you cannot insert the plug fully into the outlet reverse the plug When the plug still does not fit contact your facilities coordinator about replacing the obsolete plug Do not alter the shape of the blades of the polarized plug of D Figure 6 26 Connecting the Base Unit Line IN from Telephone Jack 7 6 22 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 11 INSTALLING HANDSET CORDLESS TERMINAL System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Selecting an Installation Location Select a location for the DTP 16HC 1 TEL to avoid excessive heat or humidity The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal
78. RL203 ae 80407 rises 81408 5V Figure 5 61 ECR U 6 4 5 Specifications Relays All relays are rated 24 Vdc at 500 mA External Tone Output Power 10 dBm Ringer Night Chime Output Impedance 600o External Paging Output power 10 dBm Output Impedance 600 System Hardware Manual 5 113 Issue 6 Electra Elite 6 5 PBR U ETU 6 5 1 Description The Pushbutton Receiver PBR ETU detects and translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line Telephones modems or facsimile machines This ETU is required if the four built in MBD U10 Unit PBR channels are not enough to support all the PBR requirements of the system or the MBD U10 Unit PBRs are dedicated to the VRS 4 U10 ETU Figure 5 62 PBR U ETU 5 114 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 6 5 2 6 5 3 6 5 4 Issue 6 Installation Only one PBR U can be installed in slots 2 7 to provide four PBR circuits Four circuits are built in for a total of eight PBR circuits LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED 1 indications are listed below On Some circuit s receiving signaling Off All PBR s idle Connectors The PBR U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 5 115 Issue 6 5 116
79. S2 1 Refer to Installation Service Manual for RS 232C cable connection Perform printer self test 3 Use a breakout box and ensure that pins 4 and 20 are logic high from printer to MIFM U m On 1 Perform second Initialization MIFM LED1 2 Replace B48 U10 KSU ON or Off Replace MIFM U No Yes Replace printer or modify cable 10 22 System Maintenance Appendices 11th Tab Glossary of Abbreviations Appendix A The following table includes common abbreviations used throughout this document that are listed in alphabetical order Abbreviations Definition ACD Automatic Call Distribution Provides a cost effective method for supervising incoming telephone traffic and associated staff activity AIS Alarm Indication Signal Replaces the normal traffic signal when a maintenance alarm indication is activated An AIS signal is transmitted downstream to indicate an upstream failure was detected BNC Bayonet Neill Concelman Connector for slim coaxial cables This is similar to ones used with Ethernet BPV Bipolar Violation Indicates the presence of two consecutive one bits of the same polarity on a T carrier line BRI Basic Rate Interface ISDN subscriber interface BRI has two bearer B channels at 64 Kbps per second and a D channel at 16 Kbps per second The bearer B channels are provided for PCM voice video
80. S2 DIP SW 1 DIP SW 2 DIP SW 3 DIP SW 4 Description ON Enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production use only ON ON Enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufactur ing Test NEC Production use only ON Connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable con nection ON Start BRU Host with direct cable connection ON ON Start BRU Host with modem connection ON ON Connect to CoSession using direct cable connection but do not start the voice mail software for troubleshooting and maintenance only SHUT DOWN Switch S3 Used to identify the position of SW3 RUN Position LED 6 is on Red SHUT DOWN Position LED 7 is on Red System Hardware Manual 5 6 6 Jumper Settings Refer to Table 5 39 Jumper Settings Table 5 39 Jumper Settings J1 only used on the FMS CMS ETU 1 2 No external modem connected default 2 3 External modem connected J7 only u sed on the VMS ETU 1 2 Compact Flash is master drive 2 3 HDD is master drive default Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 6 7 LED Indications Refer to Table 5 40 VMS FMS CMS 2 4 8 U30 ETU LED Indications Table 5 40 VMS FMS CMS 2 4 8 U30 LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LED 1 AP1 Running no errors Green Not Used Not Used Application Software Run
81. Slots System Hardware Manual 5 1 Issue 6 Electra Elite SECTION 2 INSTALLATION 2 1 Installation Precautions the ETUs to avoid static electricity damage to Observe the following precautions when installing c hardware or exposure to hazardous voltages ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static therefore extreme care must be taken to avoid static discharge when handling ETUs all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting it in the KSU When installed the component side of all ETUs must face the left side of the KSU Ejector tabs are always on top When carrying an be sure to keep it in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent damage due to static electricity When handling the installer must wear a grounded wrist strap to protect the ETU from static electricity When inserting or removing an ETU be sure the wrist strap is connected to the Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU Refer to Figure 5 2 Wrist Strap Grounding KSU Frame Ground Terminal Figure 5 2 Wrist Strap Grounding 5 2 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 When holding be sure you do not touch the components or the soldered surfaces with bare hands Place one hand under the bottom corner of the ETU and with the other hand hold the ejector tab located in the top corner of the ETU Ejector
82. U ADP 24 DTR 1HM 1 TEL This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Speaker key Hold key Redial key 6 level receive and speaker volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLI 4 U ETU SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP 24 DTP 2DT 1 TEL This terminal is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys built in speakerphone and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages Each terminal requires an ESI 8 U ETU station port t This terminal does not support any adapters 31 DTR 2DT 1 TEL This terminal is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED nine function keys built in speakerphone a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and an Analog SLT Port outgoing only Each terminal requires an ESI 8 U ETU station port t This terminal does not support any adapters 31 DTU 4R 1 TEL This D Cordless Lite Terminal can be connected to the Electra Elite System using a tandem connection to a Multiline Terminal The terminal has a 16 digit 2 line LCD dial pad talk key chan key hold key transfer key conf key mute key vol key a msg icon vibrator and four function keys with red LEDs The cordless terminal can b
83. U Message Display Boards and Figure 7 32 Maximum Display Indications Message Status LEDs S Box 108 Name Sheets Box 109 Box 110 Box 103 Connector Box 111 Box104 112 Box 105 Box 112 Box 113 Box 106 Bracket Box 114 Box 107 Front Panel Box 115 DBM B U10 Box DBM E U10 Box Figure 7 31 DBM B U and DBM E U Message Display Boards Issue 6 Electra Elite ESI Channels 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 DBM B X5 ooooo oo of L_ 8 Ports X 6 Units X8 LEDs 384 indications Electra Elite 48 supports 200 mailboxes BM B DBM E 5 e a a n EEEEEEEE ooooooogo Figure 7 32 Maximum Display Indications 3 7 1 Connecting DBM E U Box to DBM B U Box or Another DBM E U Box 1 Use wire cutters to remove the cutout on right side of DBM B E cover Refer to Figure 7 33 Removing Cutout Place the provided edge protecto
84. U Unit Twisted Pair 50 feet OPX 2 U ETU Twisted Pair 1600 ohms SLI 4 8 U ETU Twisted Pair 300 ohms SLT 1 U ADP Twisted Pair 50 feet gt Do not mix digital and analog ports through the same 25 pair cable run Table 2 5 Cable Connection Between ESI VDH and PCT Board Connected Maximum Loop Attached Equipment Cable Telephone quip Ohms PCT C U Unit 10 Base T 35 Connected 31 Not Connected PCT S U Unit Twisted 1 Pair 35 Connected 31 Not Connected System Hardware Manual 2 7 Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 2 6 Cabling Requirements Connected Equipment Cable External Amplifier Hi Fi Shielded Audio Cable Music on Hold and Background Hi Fi Shielded Audio Cable Music Sources Table 2 7 Zone Transceiver Il Range Connected Equipment Range ZT 11 0 Unit without ACA U Unit 3000 feet ZT 11 0 Unit with ACA U Unit 16 404 feet 4 2 Cabling Precautions 4 2 1 Cable Placement When selecting cables and Main Distribution Frame MDF future expansion or assignment changes should be considered Do not run cables in the following places A place exposed to wind or rain A place near heat radiating equipment or where the quality of station cable covering could be affected by gases and chemicals An unstable place subject to vibration 4 2 2 Environmental Conditions Temperature Operating 32 F 104
85. Unit 1 Unplug the ACA U Unit from the AC outlet Failing to do this can damage the unit and or the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation on page 7 1 3 Locate the AC Adapter plug on the ancillary device that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter AC Adapter Plug Figure 7 9 ACA U Unit Connection Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 2 Issue 6 ADA U Unit Ancillary Device Adapter Ancillary Device Adapters allow connection of a tape recorder to all DTP DTU Multiline Terminals except for DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 When installing an ADA U Unit first connect the cables to the ADA U Unit set the dip switches and then install the ADA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal 3 2 1 Installing an ADA U Unit on a Multiline Terminal 1 Unplug the telephone cord from the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 3 Press both sides of Base Cover to release latches lift base cover and rotate it left to remove it 4 Plug the ADA U Unit connector into the receptacle connector on the back of the Multiline Terminal Snap the ADA U Unit into the hooks on the Multiline Terminal to secure it
86. a maximum of two E amp M Tie lines 4 wire I or Type V 10 pps or 20 pps Dial Pulse or DTMF Immediate Start Delay Start Wink Start and Second Dial Tone signaling are also provided The TLI 2 U ETU has two built in DTMF signal detectors V le SW201 TYPEI Figure 5 31 TLI 2 U ETU 4 11 2 Installation A maximum of four TLI 2 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 5 52 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 4 11 3 4 11 4 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 23 TLI 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings Issue 6 Table 5 23 TLI 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW101 When lines provided by this ETU Switch Type are used for back to back Type V for connections set to Type V Line 1 When connection is to a Central Office set to Type I Default Type V SW201 When lines provided by this ETU Switch Type are used for back to back connections set to Type V When connection is to a Central Office set to Type I Default Type V or Type V for Line 2 LED Indications Table 5 24 TLI 2 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LED 1 ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED2 Line 1 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 Line 2 status Busy Not Used Idle System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 11 5
87. and any initial assignments are made Using the Multiline Terminal provides a quick way to access system data and make changes to data items To program from a Multiline Terminal one of the following terminals is required DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL 006859 The Electra Elite 48 system can be programmed from a remote location using a personal computer 6 1 Remote Programming To provide remote programming the following hardware is required Analog CO Trunk or system SLT Port not needed when the optional internal modem is used straight RS 232C cable and adapter provided with the MIFM U ETU cable to connect a locally provided modem not needed when the optional internal modem is used MIFM U ETU installed in the Electra Elite 48 system Hardware Requirements Electra Elite SECTION 7 DETERMINING REQUIRED EQUIPMENT System Hardware Manual Station Equipment Issue 6 To determine equipment type and quantity to be installed the technician must be familiar with available station equipment and interface ETUs The station equipment that can be installed with the Electra Elite 48 system is listed below Equipment DBM B U Box DBM E U Box DCR DCU 60 1 CONSOLE DTP DTH DTR 2DT 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR DTU 8 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL
88. and create a fire or other electrical hazards 3 Plug the AC Adapter in a standard 120 Vac wall outlet te AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be equipped with a polarized line plug one blade is wider than the other This plug fits into the power outlet only one way When you cannot insert the plug fully into the outlet reverse the plug When the plug still does not fit contact your facilities coordinator about replacing the obsolete plug Do not alter the shape of the blades of the polarized plug Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 SECTION 13 pierm ps 13 1 Description This terminal has wireless communication with a Zone Transceiver ZT Il that is directly connected to the system Refer to Figure 6 29 ptem PS Wireless Terminal NEC otm pst eae OWE O00 O00 Figure 6 29 Dt PS II Wireless Terminal System Hardware Manual 6 27 Issue 6 Electra Elite SECTION 14 WALL MOUNTING THE DTP 1 1 on DTP 1 2 TEL AND DTP 1HM 1 oR DTP 1HM 2 TEL 14 4 DTP Hanger Hook 1 Remove the hook from the unit Figure 6 30 Removing the DTP Hook 2 the hook with the tab toward the top ON Figure 6 31 Turning the Hook Over 6 28 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 3 Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming the hanger hook for the handset Figure 6 32 Sliding the Hook into Po
89. applicable ETU 4 ETUS assignment for the trunk capacity Variable This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable assigned ETU The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system This ETU also shares the total number of station ports in the system IP Gateway Trunks 32 lines System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities PRT 1 U ETU 57000 or lower The Integrated Service Digital Network ISDN Primary Rate Interface PRI is a Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Service that provides 16B channels and a D channel 16B D for voice call trunking The B channels have 16 CO PBX connections Caller ID is supported This ETU is installed in slot S4 in the B48 U10 KSU 7000 or lower The maximum number depends on other Trunks installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system gt PRT 1 U and DTI U cannot be used in the same system A CLKG U Unit must be installed 1 ETU 16 lines PRT 1 U ETU S8000 or higher This ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU 4 ETUS 16 Lines TLI 2 U ETU The Tie Line Interface ETU supports the termination and operation of up to two E amp M Tie lines 4 wire type and type V and 10 20 pps Dial Pulse or DTMF rz Immediate
90. check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting HD Flash status Not Used Compact Flash Disk Flash inactive active Do not reset the while the HD LED is flashing 5 5 5 Connectors The FMS 2 4 8 U has the following connectors J2 J3 Used to install the MDM F 20 Unit J9 Connects to the backboard 9 pin RS 232 COM2 Not used MDM F 20 Unit RJ 11 modem port COM2 Remote connector on serial interface MDM F 20 Unit 5 74 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 5 5 6 Issue 6 9 RS 232 COM1 Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct connection Installation Precautions The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static electricity Static discharge must be avoided when handling ETUs Always use the following precautions Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU all DIP switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that KSU is off Carry in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static electricity damage Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 6 VMS FMS CMS U30 ETU 5 6 1 Description The EliteMail VMS VMS U30 ETU is a 2 port 4 port or 8 port interface that can be installed in any interface slot
91. circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions and it can provide a CAMA trunk for E911 When functioning as a COI 4 U or COID 4 U only DTMF signaling is supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 15 COIB 4 U ETU LED 4 LI CH4 LED 3 LI CH3 LED 2 LI CH2 LED 1 LI CH1 LIVE LT RESET Figure 5 15 COIB 4 U ETU Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 3 2 Installation In COI mode a maximum of four COIB 4 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the system limited by 16 trunks When used for Caller ID trunks in COID mode it must be installed in slot S3 or S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher in COID mode the COIB 4 U ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 4 3 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 10 COIB 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 10 COIB 4 U Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW100 Set for line type Switches between Loop Start LP 400 Default Setting LP or Ground Start GS Trunks Open for Selects the COIB 4 U ETU 51 Shorted default for function for COI or COID mode COID Reset N A Resets the COIB 4 U ETU 4 3 4 LED Indications Table 5 11 COIB 4 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power
92. eight ports IEEE 802 3 10Base T A VDD U adapter is required at each digital station or Attendant Console Refer to 3 11 1 Installing a VDD U Unit on a Multiline Terminal in Chapter 7 on page 7 38 5 9 2 Specifications Refer to Table 5 41 VDH2 8 U ETU Specifications Table 5 41 VDH2 8 U ETU Specifications Description Specifications General Specifications Access Method CSMA CD Method IEEE 802 3 Transmission Speed 10 Mbps Transmission Interface 10Base 2 1 port 10Base T Dt Interface 8 ports Transmission Interface Connectors 10Base 2 BNC coaxial cable 10Base T Dterm Interface RJ 45 modular for 10Base T Transmission Cable Type and Maximum Cable Length 10Base 2 Coaxial Cable 606 8 feet 185 meters 10Base T DI Interface Twisted Pair Cable LAN Category 3 or higher 328 feet 100 meters for 10Base T technology Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 9 3 Cabling The information listed below applies when connecting the VDH2 8 U ETU 9 Normally the 10Base T cables connected to the VDH2 8 U ETUs cannot be directly connected to another HUB or to a LAN terminal Jumpers are provided for the VDH2 8 U to turn off the station abilities for ports 1 7 In this case LAN terminals can be connected directly to the VDH2 8 U ETU Refer to Figure 5 4
93. in the Electra Elite system The 2 port or 4 port configuration includes one digital signal processor DSP the 8 port configuration requires an additional DSP 30 Unit The EliteMail Limited FMS U30 ETU is a 2 port 4 port or 8 port interface that can be installed in any interface slot in the Electra Elite system The 2 port or 4 port configuration includes one digital signal processor DSP the 8 port configuration requires an additional DSP 30 Unit The EliteMail CMS CMS US30 ETU is a 2 port or 4 port interface that can be installed in any interface slot in the Electra Elite system This electronic telephone unit is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite system and contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and application software digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions DTMF detection DTMF generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection PCM compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control A serial port capable of direct connect speeds up to 38 4 Kbps The number of EliteMail ports installed has a direct impact on the total number of system ports available 5 6 2 Installation Only one VMS FMS CMS U30 ETU can be installed in slots 52 57 slot in each system Slot 7 is recommended 5 76 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 5 6 3 Upgrade EliteMail VMS 2 4 U30 ETU to 8 ports To up
94. in the indicated AP R R Unit receptacle and connect it to a power source 8 Install the extended base plate 14 4 CT A R Unit Computer Telephony Adapter Computer Telephony Adapter shown in Figure 8 56 CT A R Unit allows a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal connection to a PC The PC can perform Multiline Terminal functions using a TAPI compatible application software Figure 8 56 CT A R Unit 14 4 1 Typical Connection using an ESI ESIC Refer to Figure 8 57 Typical Connection for ESI ESIC 8 44 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 SOLUTE 300 ESI unit Dterm85 CT A CH1 CH8 Line cord 2 line or RS 232C cable Straight CT A unit D sub9 male pin ESIC unit CH1 CH4 Headphone option Figure 8 57 Typical Connection for ESI ESIC 14 4 2 Typical Connection using VDH ETU Refer to Figure 8 58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU Headphone option Dterm85 CT A VD RS 232C cable Straight CT A unit D sub9 male pin SOLUTE 300 CT A LAN cable 10BASE T VDH unit CH1 CHB8 Figure 8 58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU 14 4 3 Installing the CT A R Unit 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 8 45 Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 Set CT A R Unit switches to defaul
95. is considered the technician is guided to a probable solution The problem must be defined as accurately as possible so that the most efficient steps to the solution can be taken Flowcharts in the next section help define the problem 4 2 1 System Down This term is used in this section to describe one of the following situations access to internal dial tone on any Multiline Terminal or Single Line Telephone is installed No LED indication display indication or Multiline Terminal is installed system tones are generated 4 2 2 Partial Operation The term refers to any situation that cannot be completely described under the System Down conditions 10 55 Issue 6 10 6 4 2 3 Reset Electra Elite At times the station and or the ETU must be reset The following resets are used in the system Terminal Reset Unplug the station line cord from the station and then plug it back into the station Reset Press the RESET switch Flowcharts Condition Flowchart Page System Down 1 No Internal Dial Tone to any M 9 7 Multiline Terminal or SLT 2 No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal 2 a Partial Operations 1 Radio Frequency Interference B1 9 9 2 Noor Intermittent CO PBX Ring C1 9 10 3 Call Dropping C2 9 11 4 No Outside Dial Tone Access C3 9 12 Cannot Dial Out on CO c4 9 19
96. messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys The DTP 8D 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 32 DTU 8D 2 DTP 8D 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 3 DTU 8D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 4 DTU 16 1 TEL This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit The DTP 16 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 31 DTU DTP 16 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 4 DTU 16 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 6 4 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 5 Issue 6 DTU 16D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a buil
97. nnno eter Eau EI uu 9 2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 SYSTEMI Lice ied ie e M bau iudi aida fab ct 9 3 ac pel e o0 Semet PIE 9 4 lc ID MEE estate aa T 9 4 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 9 5 xxxi System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK xxxii List of Figures Table 1 Table 2 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 2 8 Table 2 9 Table 2 10 Table 2 11 Table 2 12 Table 3 1 Table 4 1 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 5 6 Table 5 7 System Hardware Manual List of Tables FIC REN SOC and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUS 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs 5 6 po a 2 1 System Cap IB 2 4 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length 2 5 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and th Single Lie sicud ae arret teaabi 2 7 Cable Connection Between ESI VDH and PCT Board 2 7 Ea dye aei eins 2 8 Zane RANGE sunaren feta Redi ud 2 8 wolf sit
98. of the Multiline Terminal Refer to Figure 7 63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU U Unit Multiline Terminal Adapter Tab Slots Wall Figure 7 63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU U Unit Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 12 4 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover To remove the Multiline Terminal from the base cover lift the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs turn it slightly counter clockwise to unlock lower tabs on base cover and remove it Figure 7 64 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover 3 12 5 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the WMU U Unit To remove the Multiline Terminal from the WMU U Unit lift the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs and lower the terminal from the WMU U Unit 7 48 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 3 13 Music on Hold The Electra Elite 48 KSU allows a Music on Hold source to be connected to the Electra Elite 48 system Both internal and external music sources can be used When an internal music source is used digital music external music on hold is not available 3 13 1 Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU Connect the plug end to the MOH IN jack on the MBD U10 Unit in the KSU Audio Shielded Voice Message or MOH Cable Output any Music Source IN Power Terminal 3 14 3 15 Figure 7 65 Music Source Connections S
99. or COID 4 U only DTMF signaling is supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 17 COIB 4 U20 ETU JP100 JP300 i i 4 200 JP401 JP301 JP201 JP101 Figure 5 17 COIB 4 U20 ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 4 2 Installation In mode a maximum of four COIB 4 U20 ETUs can be installed slots S3 S6 in the Electra Elite 48 system limited by 16 trunks For Caller ID in COID mode a maximum of two COIB 4 U20 ETUs can be installed in slot 3 or S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher in COID mode the COIB 4 U20 can be installed in slots S3 S6 4 4 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 12 COIB 4 U20 ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings Table 5 12 COIB 4 U20 ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings Switch Eee Jumper Setting Description JP100 Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Receive pad for related channel 400 Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease JP101 Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Transmit pad for related channel 401 Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease Open for COI Selects the function for 51 Shorted default for COID COIB 4 U20 ETU between COI or COID mode Reset N A Resets the COIB 4 U20 ETU System Hardware Manual Issue 6
100. peak ra R tk ee 6 3 DTU 16 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 6 4 DTU 16D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal DTUS32 1 TEL Multiline eiua DTU 32D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal d p Hio Eel em c 6 8 DTP 1 1 TEL Single Une Telephone unes deep pridie abe 6 9 DTP 1HM 1 WH TEL Single Line Telephone 6 10 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System 6 11 Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal 6 11 List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 6 13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing a DCU Attendant Console 6 12 Figure 6 14 DCU Attendant Console and Terminal 6 13 Figure 6 15 Fog io 20250 wg jd Esc c 6 13 Figure 6 16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 14 Figure 6 17 Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 15 Figure 6 18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal 6 16 Figure 6 19 Removing DTU DTP SOT GS 6 17 Figure 6 20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 18 Figure 6 21 Raising the Base Plate the DTU DTP Mul
101. spare line cord behind the telephone as shown in Figure 8 31 Hiding Excess Cord 000000 600600000 00000000 90000000 90000000 OAS OOO z Figure 8 31 Hiding Excess Cord 8 To remove the telephone press the tabs at the bottom as shown in Figure 8 32 Removing the Telephone and push up on the Telephone until it comes loose 000000 0000000 0000000 0000000 0000000 Figure 8 32 Removing the Telephone 8 24 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 11 3 Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box 1 Install the Base Cover as shown in Figure 8 33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box Figure 8 33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box 2 Install Telephone Figure 8 34 Wall Installation Complete Issue 6 Electra Elite 11 4 Installing Telephone Using WM R Unit When adapters are used the telephone must be installed on the wall using the WM R Unit 1 Attach WM R Unit using 6 screws as shown in Figure 8 35 Installing WM R Unit on the Wall Place excess line cord in the space in the back of the WM R Unit Figure 8 35 Installing WM R Unit on the Wall 8 26 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 12 INSTALLING DTH DTR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT System Hardware Manual Issue 6 2 Install the telephone as shown in Figure 8 36 Installing Telephone on
102. straight RS 232C cable locally provided is required Modem Kit Unit 3 6 1 3 6 2 3 6 3 Description This optional modem mounts on the MIFM U ETU and does not require analog port connection The MIFM U ETU must be installed in KSU Slot S2 Installation The Modem Kit Unit pins and the pins of the CN4 and CN5 socket are labeled Align the Modem Kit Unit pins before installing the unit Installing it backward could damage the Modem Kit Unit Specifications ITU T V 34 Maximum speed 28 8 Kbps 5 15 Issue 6 SECTION 4 TRUNK ETUS 5 16 Electra Elite The Electronic Telephone Unit described in this section provides a link between equipment in the Electra Elite 48 system and outside equipment All ETUs are installed in the interface slots of the KSU 41 BRT 4 U ETU 4 1 1 Description The Basic Rate Trunk BRT Interface ETU terminates ISDN Basic Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN BRI circuits Each trunk supports two B channels These eight B channels can be used for CO trunks with DTMF signaling Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements This ETU uses an S T type interface A locally provided Network Termination unit NT1 is required to connect to a CO Caller ID is supported One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits that provide eight B channels to be used as trunks LED11 LED10 TT LEDs LT LED8 ILI LED7 LEDs 1 LEDS LED
103. telephone network The telephone system should be disconnected until the problem is corrected When this is not done the telephone company may temporarily disconnect service 2 Regulatory Information Electra Elite RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE HEARING AID COMPATIBILITY DIRECT INWARD DIALING System Hardware Manual Issue 6 In compliance with FCC Part 15 rules the following statement is provided IMPORTANT NOTE This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the Installation Service Manual may cause interference to radio communications This equipment has been tested and approved for compliance with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules that provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment Operation of this telephone system in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user at his or her own expense is required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference The NEC Multiline Terminals and NEC Single Line Telephones provided for this system are hearing aid compatible The manufacturer of other Single Line Telephones for use with the system must provide notice of hearing aid compatibility to comply with FCC rules that prohibit the use of non hearing aid compatible telephones Operating this equipment
104. to enhance the ACD features of the Electra Elite Key Telephone System swi MB Switch Give cue bal CHS lt B COMPACTFLASH Figure 5 56 ACD 8 U ETU COM 1 6 1 2 Installation Only one ACD 8 U can be installed in slots S2 S7 Slot S6 is recommended 5 100 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 6 1 3 LED Indications Table 5 49 ACD 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Receiving power Not Used No Power CH1 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH2 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH3 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH4 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH5 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH6 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH7 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH8 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used MB MB Switch status ON Not Used OFF BIOS BIOS Error status BIOS Error Not Used No error BCLR Application status Red DOS started Not Used Idle ACD not ready Green ACD running gt If BCLR LED is orange check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting HD Compact Flash status Not Used Co
105. to provide Central Office Interface Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to the COIB 8 U ETU Ground Start trunks are not supported When the ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported Caller ID does not work in the mode This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911 CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB 8 U ports 3 and 7 only When functioning as a COI 8 U or COID 8 U ETU only DTMF signaling is supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 19 COIB 8 U ETU si B JP800 i eo 4 300 i 4 700 i i 4 200 JP400 32801 JP701 4261 JP501 JP301 201 JP101 Figure 5 19 COIB 8 U 5 30 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 4 5 2 Installation In COI mode a maximum of two COIB 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the Electra Elite 48 system limited by 16 trunks For Caller ID In COID mode only one COIB 8 U ETU can be installed in slot S3 or S4 7000 or lower For S8000 or higher in COID mode the COIB 8 U ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks 4 5 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 14 COIB 8 U ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings Table 5 14 COIB 8 U ETU
106. trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4 87000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be installed in slots S3 S6 The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Mode 2 ETUS COID Mode 1 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID signals from the central office and sends caller identification to the MBD U10 Unit Electrical fuses posistors are built into this ETU This unit provides loop start DTMF trunks only and supports four outside CO PBX lines The unit provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing 2 ETUs COID 4 U ETU This ETU is installed in slot S3 or S4 the B48 U10 KSU 7000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be installed in slots 53 56 This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 8 CO Class lines COID 8 U ETU The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID signals from the central office and sends caller identification to the MBD U10 Unit Electrical fuses posistors are built into this ETU
107. without providing proper answer supervision is a violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules Proper Answer Supervision occurs when This equipment returns answer supervision to the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN when Direct Inward Dialing DID calls are Answered by the called station Answered by the Attendant Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the Customer Premise Equipment CPE user Routed to a dial prompt his equipment returns answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded to the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Permissible exceptions are Acallis unanswered A busy tone is received Areorder tone is received Issue 6 VOICE ANNOUNCEMENT MONITORING OVER DID LINES MUSIC ON HOLD SERVICE REQUIREMENTS UL REGULATORY INFORMATION Electra Elite CAUTION The use of monitoring recording or listening devices to eavesdrop monitor retrieve or record telephone conversations or other sound activities whether or not contemporaneous with its transmission may be illegal in certain circumstances under federal or state laws Legal advise should be sought prior to implementing any practice that monitors or records any telephone conversation Some federal and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to the telephone conversation such as using a beep tone or other notification methods or require the consent of all parties to the tele
108. 0 HFU U Unit Handsfree Unit eti tii 7 31 3 8 1 Installing an HFU U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HOC 1 7 31 3 8 2 Installing the External Microphone 7 32 3 8 3 baci ir MR EE m 7 33 XV Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 PCT U Unit PC Telephony Board 3 9 1 Connecting a MlC Line In SLT 1 U ADP Single Line Telephone 3 10 1 Connecting the SLT 1 U ADP to the System 3 10 2 Wall Mounting the SLT 1 U VDD U Unit Voice Data Unit for Digital Terminals 3 11 1 Installing a VDD U Unit on a Multiline Terminal 3 11 2 Connecting Cables to the VDD U Unit Wall Mounting e 7 39 3 12 1 Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger 3 122 Wall Mounting Using the Base Unit 3 12 3 Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline Terminal Using the WMU U Unit 3 124 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover EUR 3 12 5 Removing the Multiline Terminal tron ihe WMU leaden aaie TRE 7 49 M sic on Hold soins
109. 0 Plugging in Line Cord e O O 8 23 Figure 8 31 Hiding Excess Cord 2 2 2 8 24 Figure 8 32 Removing the Telephone 8 24 Figure 8 33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box 8 25 Figure 8 34 Wall Installation Complete sess 8 25 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 8 35 uz Ell OTN Wall Mee 8 26 Figure 8 36 Installing Telephone WM R Unit iui ncc rt tot anta lapi npe sid 8 27 Figure 8 37 Raring We 2 Qe P 8 28 Figure 8 38 Removing the DTHDTR Base FAS tina 8 29 Figure 8 39 Modiiying Base pM 8 30 Figure 8 40 Per mm Figure 8 41 AC R Unit Connection to Adapter sssssssseeeeenenees 8 32 Figure 8 42 t outil e Figure 8 43 Connecting DTH DTR to Recorder sese OOO Figure 8 44 AD A R Switch With Default Settings 8 35 Figure 8 45 AD A Connection for Recording Only 8 35 Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal
110. 1 gt Good Program C O S to allow feature and test Bad Check Memory BLocks 1 1 46 1 1 47 and 1 1 48 for access assignment Access Code gt Recheck feature access with correct Access Code Recheck SLT features operation selection to verify procedure for feature Issue 6 Done 10 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite F1 d Low Volume Problems Yes Yes Remove it All stations Run a level test at DMARK MEE on lines with 1 kHz test tone Move suspected bad line to At least 8dB at MDF is required good COI 8 U ETU port Move good line to original COI 8 U ETU port Report Problem to Telco Less than Port 8 dB Line Problem port or line Reset replace Check line with dB Replace COI 8 U ETU COI 8 U and meter and or contact test again Telco Yes Problem solved 1 Perform Second Initialization and test 2 Perform First Initialization and test with default program 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU Done 10 20 System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 6 G1 C External Paging Problems Yes Amplifier provided Amplifier is needed
111. 1 0 Signal Level Nominal level per frequency 6 4 dBm Minimum level per frequency Low Group 10 dBm High Group 8 dBm Maximum level per frequency 0 dBm Rise Time Within 5 ms 2 13 Issue 6 Electra Elite Duration of Dual Frequency Signal 110 ms default 60 ms minimum Interdigital Time 80 ms default 70 ms minimum Nominal High Group Frequencies Hz 1209 1336 1477 697 1 2 3 Nominal Low Group 770 4 5 6 Frequencies Hz 852 7 8 9 941 Q 0 4 7 Battery Backup The Electra Elite 48 system has two battery backup functions one for system backup and one for memory backup 4 7 1 System Backup During power failure the system is backed up using a rechargeable battery This battery backup supports all of the system operations for approximately 30 minutes 4 7 2 Memory Backup The MBD U10 Unit has a battery installed to provide backup of system memory When the battery is fully charged system memory customer data is retained for approximately 21 days 4 8 Weights and Dimensions Table 2 10 Weights and Dimensions indicates the shipping weight height width and depth of the Electra Elite 48 KSU and each ETU Multiline Terminal and adapter 2 14 System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 2 10 Weights and Dimensions Unit pou Height Width Depth AC R Unit
112. 2 8 U10 LAN Cable to PC Figure 7 49 Connecting the Cables on the VDD U Unit 3 12 Wall Mounting Any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal can be wall mounted by using the base unit that comes with the Multiline Terminal or by using the WMU U Unit to accommodate adapters that are installed on the Multiline Terminal 3 12 1 Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger T Remove the hanger by sliding it out of the slot Install it back in its original position so that the hanger protrudes providing a rest for the handset This procedure applies when using either the base unit or the WMU U Unit Refer to Figure 7 50 Positioning the Handset Hanger for the steps for removing and remounting the handset hanger Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 7 50 Positioning the Handset Hanger 3 12 2 Wall Mounting Using the Base Unit 1 Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation and perform Steps 1 5 2 Press both sides of the Base Cover and turn it left to remove it 3 Rotate base cover 180 and install it again on the Multiline Terminal 4 Remove the shaded base plate knockout that is shown on Figure 7 51 Removing the Knockout Figure 7 51 Removing the Knockout 7 40 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 5 Assemble the base plate and base cover 6 As illustrated in Figure 7 52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall attach the base plate and base cover assembly wide end do
113. 2 9 gn EU T mo S 2 9 weins and Dimensions 2 15 E 2 21 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern optas ccn nts 2 22 Number of Required Interface ETUS 3 6 MOF LIES CDM eeii is tp thai M ADM cibi id 4 5 MBD U10 Unit Default Switch Settings uui ree arte tetendit 5 8 iz ERES 5 9 MIFA U Default Switch Settings uiuis aie re tutos abiecta RR Rita nee nuu 5 12 QD GA c r pm 5 12 MIFM U Default Switch Settings 5 14 5 14 5 18 xxxiii Issue 6 Table 5 8 COI 4 8 U ETU Default Switch Settings 5 21 Table 5 9 LED BODEN 5 21 Table 5 10 COIB 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings 5 24 Table 5 11 FETU LED kss 5 24 Table 5 12 COIB 4 U20 Default Switch Jumper Settings 5 27 Table 5 13 COIB 4 U20 ETU LED Indications 5 28 Table 5 14 COIB 8 U Default Switch Jumper Settings 5 31 Table 5 15 COIB 8 U ETU LED Indications oi scnsssccivcesincisassicsnarcercereauvsasisene
114. 3 3 Issue 6 Selecting a Permanent MDF Location When selecting a permanent site for the MDF the technician may encounter some of the following situations Space is Limited but must be used available space may have one or more environmental hazards The proposed location has poor lighting or lacks a suitable ground for the KSU The technician that encounters these situations must provide the best possible solution for installing the equipment This document cannot cover all possible situations precautions and actions Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones When a site is selected for the installation of the telephones consider the following conditions to ensure proper installation Ensure that the cable length and line resistance loop between the KSU and the telephones comply with the specifications shown in Table 2 3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length Select a place where devices that require an external power supply can be easily connected to an AC outlet Constructing the Main Distribution Frame MDF The Main Distribution Frame MDF consists of two different standard quick connect terminal blocks that are mounted on a 3 4 plywood backboard Mounting these blocks on standoffs for ease of access is recommended The recommended blocks are 66B50 for termination of the MDF Cable Assembly and 66M50 for termination of the station cables The Intermediate Distr
115. 3 6 2 CTU S U Unit Connections This Computer Telephony Application adapter connects a Universal Serial Bus to an ESI 8 U ETU and can be connected to any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit The following connections are required AC Adapter Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE PC USB port ESI port to ESI 8 U ETU DC 24V ADP USB Cable to PC To ESI Port AM To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal 2 57 Figure 7 30 CTU S U Unit Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 7 Issue 6 DBM B U Box and DBM E U Box Message Display Boards The DBM B U basic Message Display Board is connected to the ESI 8 U ETU to provide a message waiting LED for voice mailboxes of personnel without a normal telephone Each board has eight message waiting LEDs and up to eight boards can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system to support 64 LEDs The DBM E U expansion Message Display Board has eight message waiting LEDs and is connected to the DBM B U or another expansion board Each DBM B U basic board can support up to five expansion boards and 40 additional LEDs The total number of LEDs is 384 but the Electra Elite 48 System can only support up to 200 mailbox indications Multiple locations of the same mailbox are permitted Refer to Figure 7 31 DBM B U and DBM E
116. 35 mm DTH 16D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 16D 1 TEL 1233 g 122 mm 260 mm 250 mm DTP 32 1 TEL 46 oz 4 8 8 7 9 3 DTU 32 1 TEL 1304 g 123 mm 220 mm 235 mm DTP 32D 1 TEL 48 oz 4 8 8 7 9 3 DTU 32D 2 TEL 1361 g 123 mm 220 mm 235 mm DTH 32D 1 TEL 48 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 32D 1 TEL 1361 g 122 mm 260 mm 250 mm 14 4 oz 4 5 6 1 8 62 DIETER 408g 114 mm 153 mm 218 mm 15 4 oz 2 25 4 25 7 5 CAREER 437 g 57 mm 108 mm 191 mm 21 2 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 ECR U ETU 344 g 50 mm 240 mm 195 mm 49 oz 2 72 6 89 8 81 1389 69 175 223 14 5 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 ESI 8 U ETU 411 50 mm 240 mm 195 mm 260z 3 42 5 51 7 48 AE 737 9 87 140 190 32 02 3 98 6 89 8 81 907 9 101 175 223 35 oz 3 98 6 89 8 81 992 0 101mm 175 mm 223 mm 39 oz 3 98 8 07 8 81 1106 9 101mm 205 mm 223 mm 39 oz 3 98 8 07 8 81 ED e TEL 1106 g 101mm 205 mm 223 mm 6 4 Ibs 1 89 11 47 8 46 FM ABE 2903 g 48 mm 290 mm 214 mm 7 1 02 2 4 4 2 5 2 NEC U Unit 201 9 60 mm 107 mm 133 mm 32 oz 5 0 10 10 ETY 907g 127 mm 254 mm 254 mm 32 oz 5 0 10 10 907g 127 mm 254 mm 254 mm 2 17 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 2 18
117. 4 LI LED3 L1 LED2 FT LED1 LT SW1 Figure 5 11 BRT 4 U ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 1 2 Issue 6 Installation If a BRT 4 U ETU is installed a CLKG U Unit must be installed in connectors CN5 and CN6 on the MBD U10 Unit A maximum of two BRT 4 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slot S3 or S4 S7000 or lower Using S8000 or higher up to two BRT 4 U ETUs can be installed in slots 53 56 Switch Settings SW1 is the reset switch Jumpers CN101 and CN102 Setthe 100o termination to On or Off for Channel 1 CN101 and CN102 shorted together from the factory turn on the 100e terminal CN201 and CN202 Setthe 100o termination to On or Off for Channel 2 CN201 and CN202 shorted together from the factory turn on the 1009 terminal CN301 and CN302 Setthe 100e termination to On or Off for Channel 3 CN301 and CN302 shorted together from the factory turn on the 100 terminal CN401 and CN402 Setthe 100o termination to On or Off for Channel 4 CN401 and CNA402 shorted together from the factory turn on the 100g terminal 5 17 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 1 5 LED Indications Table 5 7 BRT 4 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LED1 ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED2 L1 status BRI CKT1 L1 working Not Used L1 i
118. 48 has seven slots Slot 1 is a fixed ESI slot that is built in on the MBD U Unit Slot S2 is an ISA slot without MDF connections Slots S3 S6 are interface IF slots with connections Slot S7 is an interface slot without MDF connections Only cards that do not require MDF connections e g CTI 4 8 FMS VMS VRS VDH and ACD 8 can be installed in Slot S2 or Slot S7 Hardware Requirements Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 7 2 1 Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers Telephone and CO Ports numbers are provided with the Electra Elite 48 system Port numbers are used to count the station numbers and trunk numbers when programming System Data The example below indicates how the CO and trunk numbers can be used The following ETUs are installed for the Figure 3 1 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example Slot ETU S1 ESI 8 U Built In S2 MIFM U S3 COI 8 U S4 TLI 2 U S5 ESI 8 U S6 SLI 8 U S7 VMS 4 U ons MIF CO CO Telephone Telephone Telephone 1 i 01 Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports 1 8 9 10 9 16 17 24 25 28 Built In 51 S2 53 54 55 56 57 Figure 3 1 Telephone and CO Numbering Example 3 5 Issue 6 Electra Elite 7 2 2 Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs Table 3 1 Number of Required Interface ETUs indicates each feature and the associated hardware necessary for the operation of the f
119. 5 02 1 89 11 47 8 46 OID ETU 439 48 290 214 8 4 oz 1 5 5 5 4 75 el 238 g 38 mm 140 mm 121 mm 12 1 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 DPED AVETI 343 9 50 mm 240 mm 195 mm 13 2 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 374 9 50 240 mm 195 DTP 1 1 TEL DTP 1 2 TEL 26 8 oz 2 36 6 22 8 81 DTP 1HM 1 TEL 760 g 60 mm 158 mm 224 mm DTP 1HM 2 TEL 26 8 oz 247 7 65 9 53 DICIS 760 9 100mm 195 mm 243 mm 41 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 Misco 1163 g 123mm 197 mm 235 mm 41 oz 2 47 7 65 9 53 1163 0 100mm 195 243 15 4 oz 2 25 4 25 7 5 plete 437 g 57 mm 108 mm 191 mm DTP 8 1 TEL 41 0 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 8 1 TEL 1163 g 123 mm 197 mm 235 mm DTH 8 1 TEL 41 0 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 8 1 TEL 1163 g 122 mm 260 mm 250 mm DTP 8D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 8D 2 TEL 1233 123 mm 197 mm 235 mm DTH 8D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 8D 1 TEL 1233 g 122 mm 260 mm 250 mm 53 oz 6 00 9 08 8 04 1503 152 230 204 System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 6 Shipping Unit Weight Height Width Depth DTP 16 1 TEL 41 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 16 1 TEL 1162 g 123 mm 197 mm 235 mm DTP 16D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 16D 2 TEL 1233 g 123 mm 197 mm 2
120. 6 Table of Contents Electra Elite Section 6 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 9 2 CANONS aau A 5 86 5 9 3 Soll o E 5 87 5 9 4 Installing the VDHEISTHUE nieminen 5 90 5 9 5 Switch Settings and Jumpers 5 90 5 9 6 n Rem TS AN TERN 5 91 5 9 7 LOHN M MET MEE 5 92 5 10 5 94 ccm 5 94 OS 5 95 S199 ORT rom 5 97 5 98 ee 5 98 5 10 6 Installation FS COCCI em rra DERE DR n 5 99 s n aut ae 5 100 6 1 PODOBU TETU M 5 100 6 1 1 boul eT M 5 100 6 1 2 m 5 100 6 1 3 LED cun eet re 5 101 6 1 4 oic MT 5 101 6 1 5 Installation e 5 102 Bo 5 103 6 2 1 5 103 6 2 2 dicor suo E ETE 5 103 6 2 3 Switeh Settings 5 103 6 2 4 Mining o Ree m E 5 105 6 2 5 HON e coL D LEM E 5 107 6 2 6 ZT Il Connections eer 5 107 xi Issue 6 Electra Elite ES CCA TED sireci aS Eie DRE PUE in iini 5 108 6 3 1 o o T 6 3 2 Das 5 109 BN LED DH AND S 09 6 3 5 Jesus n e ELA 6 3 6 Connections
121. 8 U ETU shown Option Kit required for remote with 4 port auxiliary DSP installed maintenance is purchased For VMS 2 4 U ETU the separately auxiliary is not required DIP Switch Up Off Down On Piggyback on ETU Piggyback on ETU DSP F 21 Unit MDM U10 Unit 9 pin RS 232 COM 2 Ports Auxiliary DSP Remote Serial Interface Modem Port RJ 11 Make Busy Switch ms mez m s ms mz ms o og og ci me in og COM 1 Local Connection Hard Disk Drive Figure 5 55 VMS U ETU 5 96 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 10 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 46 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU Switch Settings for Revision Q26031 v 6 65 For Revision Q05631 v 6 68 or Higher refer to Table 5 47 VMS Dip Switch Functions Table 5 46 VMS 2 4 8 U Switch Settings Switch Description 1 Normally Off On to enable 1 2 Normally Off When 1 and 2 are both On COM1 is enabled HOSTKEY and the VM application is stopped for Maintenance 3 On to enable COM for remote RS 232 RJ 11 Off to allow COM1 local connection 4 Utility Menu Table 5 47 VMS Dip Switch Functions DIP DIP DIP DIP 4 Description ON To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON ON To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufacturing Test NEC Product
122. 8 DCU 60 1 Console 6 8 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 3 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONES System Hardware Manual 3 1 Issue 6 DTP 1 1 or DTP 1 2 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash key redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U ADP or SLI 4 8 U ETU A maximum of 24 DTP 1 1 or DTP 1 2 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 6 9 DTP 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone t switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition t switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Issue 6 6 10 3 2 Electra Elite DTP 1HM 1 or DTP 1HM 2 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Access Speed
123. 9 VDH2 8 U ETU Jumpers for the layout of jumpers on the KTU Port 8 is unique because the station abilities cannot be separated by changing a jumper like ports 1 7 Port 8 is used for cascading HUBs Connect Port 8 either to another VDH2 8 U Port 1 7 external HUB For this case be sure to set SW2 on the VDH2 8 U to If SW2 is set to X then Port 8 is used as a regular coreline connection Refer to Figure 5 50 10Base T Cable Connections The VDH2 8 U ETU can be used with 10Base 2 and 10Base T cables VDH2 8 U ETU HUBs can be cascaded using 10Base2 cables The 10Base2 connector can also be used to connect the VDH2 8 U ETU to a LAN backbone Refer to Figure 5 51 VDH2 8 U ETU In these cases the 8 port is still used for coreline The 10Base2 cable interconnecting VDH2 8 U10 ETUs must be greater than 0 5 meters The 10Base2 cables should be neatly coiled When the 10Base2 cables are connected to the VDH2 8 U BNC connector a terminating plug must be used for the last device on the cable Refer to Figure 5 52 VDH2 8 U ETU Connectors Using the 10Base 2 cables is the preferred method of cascading VDH2 8 U ETU hubs because it does not reduce the quantity of station ports that the ETU can provide Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 5 49 VDH2 8 U Jumpers 10BASE T Cable Main Frame LAN
124. AM 32 bit Processor 4 channel DTMF Receiver PBR Six 4 party Conference Circuits Internal digital music Music on Hold source 8 8 External Music on Hold input also used for station background music Flash ROM fe Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Call Progress and DTMF Tone Generator Memory Backup Battery Retains memory for approximately 21 days Key Function KF Multifunction MF Registration CN412 CN413 CN414 CN415 CN416 CN417 MOH IN ESI RESET mud AMP1 M ptm Jr ESI LIVE C30 PFT Slots 5 6 2 CPURESET Figure 5 7 KSU MBD U10 Unit Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 3 2 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 1 MBD U10 Unit Default Switch Settings Table 5 1 MBD U10 Unit Default Switch Settings SW1 1 SW1 2 Description Off Off Normal Operation On Off Flash ROM load from COM port Off On Factory Test On On Flash ROM load from EPROM SW1 3 Description Off MF Mode On KF Mode SW2 Description Momentary Switch CPU Reset SW3 1 Description On System boot by EPROM Off System boot by Flash ROM SW3 2 Description N A Not Used Pressing SW2 interrupts all service and causes a second init
125. APACITIES System capacities are shown in Table 2 2 Maximum System Capacities Table 2 2 Maximum System Capacities Item B48 U10 KSU Item 48 010 KSU ACD 8 U ETU 1 ptem ps 24 ADA U Unit 32 DTI U ETU 1 7000 4 8000 AD A R Unit 32 ECR U ETU 1 APA U APR U Unit 32 ESI 8 U ETU 3 AP A R AP R R Unit BRT 4 U ETU 2 FMS 2 4 8 U 1 ETU BSU 2 U ETU 3 HFU U Unit 32 CCH 4 U ETU 1 IPT 4 8B U Variable CLKG U Unit 1 MIFA U Unit None CNF 8 U ETU 2 MIFM U Unit 1 COl 4 8 U 4 2 OPX 2 U ETU 3 COIB 4 U ETU 4 for COI Mode PBR U 1 2 for COID S7 4 for COID S8 COIB 8 U 2 for COI Mode U Unit 32 2 for COID Mode COID 4 8 U 2 7000 PCT S U Unit 32 4 2 58000 CT A R CTA U Unit 32 PRT 1 U Unit 1 7000 4 8000 CTI VP 4 8 12 16 1 SLI 4 U 4 U ETU CTU C S U Unit 32 SLI 8 U ETU 3 DBM B U Box 8 TLI 2 U 4 DBM E U Box 40 VDD U Unit DID 4 U ETU 4 VDH2 8 U ETU 24 DPH 4 U ETU 1 VMS 2 4 8 U 1 ETU ptem Analog Cordless 20 VMS FMS CMS U30 1 2 4 System Specifications Electra Elite SECTION 4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Table 2 2 Maximum System Capacities Continued Item B48 U10 KSU Item B48 U10 KSU ptem Cordles
126. Clock 16 384 MHz Interface ETU 8 bit or 16 bit microprocessor Optional ETUs 16 bit or 32 bit microprocessor Multiline Terminal 8 bit microprocessor Attendant Console 4 bit microprocessor SLT Adapter 4 bit microprocessor Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment The voltage current ring signal information for the Elite Multiline Terminals Single Line Telephone equipment and APA U APR U Unit are listed below Multiline Terminal Voltage 11 26 Maximum Current 250 mA gt Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry Association EIA standard proposal SP 1286 and standard EIA RS 470 Single Line Telephone Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 35 mA pz Issue 6 2 12 4 5 5 Ring Signal SLT 1 U ADP Standard 2500 Set Nominal Current Ring Signal APA U Unit Standard 2500 Set Nominal Current APR U Unit Standard 2500 Set Nominal Current Ring Signal Electra Elite 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz 500 type network 30 mA 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz 500 type network 30 mA 500 type network 30 mA 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and Equipment The voltage current ring signal information for the Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Multiline Terminals Single Line Telephone equipment and AP A R AP R R unit are listed below Multiline Terminal Series i Voltage 11 48 Maximum Curr
127. Connectors The TLI 2 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 4 11 6 Connections Side A Side B Telco MDF Figure 5 32 TLI 2 U ETU Connections 5 54 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite SECTION 5 STATION ETUS System Hardware Manual 5 1 Issue 6 CNF 8 U ETU 5 1 1 Description The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any intercom user and any outside party calling to a port of the CNF 8 U ETU to make a multiparty conference call One 8 party conference or two 4 party conferences are supported and regulated by a switch setting Figure 5 33 CNF 8 U ETU Installation Only two CNF 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU Installed as SLI 8 in Memory Block 7 1 Card Interface Slot Assignment Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 1 3 Switch Settings Table 5 25 CNF 8 U ETU Reset Switch Switch Setting Description SW2 Press to Reset Host Reset Switch Table 5 26 CNF 8 U Maximum Conference Time Switch Setting Maximum Switch Conference Time SW3 2 SW3 3 ON ON 1 Hour ON OFF 2 Hour CTS OFF ON 3 Hour OFF OFF No Limit Table 5 27 CNF 8 U Party Size Switch Switch Setting Description SW3 1 ON 1 Eight Party Conference SW3 1 OFF 2 Four Party Conferences Installing Electronic Telephone Units
128. D U10 Unit in the B48 U10 KSU and supports the DTI U BRT 4 U PRT 1 U and BSU 2 U ETUs 1 per system with FT1 ISDN BRI ISDN PRI or Wireless connections KMM 1 0 U This unit is installed on the MIFM U ETU and adds LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing features 1 per MIFM U10 ETU Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities The MBD U10 Unit contains a 32 bit microprocessor that has overall control of the system This ETU communicates with the interface boards and supports up to 48 ports five interface cards The first IF slot S1 is built in on this board and is designated as an ESI 8 1 MBD per system 4 PBR circuits 16 voice mail ports analog 24 voice mail ports digital 48 ports 7 slots MBD U10 Unit 32 Station Ports 1 Power Failure Transfer 16 Trunks 32 PC Telephony Boards 16 Conference Circuits 1 built in External Paging connection This unit provides additional memory for processing and backup for UCD MIFA U This ETU must be installed in slot S2 1 MIFA U ETU gt Electra Stat ACD feature is not supported using the MIFA U10 ETU with KMA This Unit provides additional memory for PC programming and SMDR LCR Caller ID scrolling or Wireless programming MIFM U ETU This ETU must be installed in slot S2 1 MIFM U ETU When the LCR Caller ID Scroll functions are desired the KMM 1
129. DTU 32D 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL 0o00000685 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite K L MN OPOR Figure 5 34 EliteMail CTI System Board 5 2 1 1 System Board Components Refer to Table 5 30 System Board Components Table 5 30 System Board Components Item Description A Backplane connector B Switch SW2 Not used Keep indicated default settings C Switch SW1 Not used Keep indicated default settings Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Table 5 30 System Board Components Continued Item Description D Port Expansion Board PEB cable E Modem connector F Hard Drive HD LED G Universal Serial Bus USB connector H Local Area Network LAN connector Keyboard connector J Mouse connector K COM Serial Port connector L VGA Monitor connector M Switch SW3 DIP switch 1 default is Off so the voice messaging application starts when the board is turned On Set this switch On to start OS 2 software only DIP switch 2 default is Off for direct serial remote access connections Set this switch On for modem connections DIP switches 3 and 4 are not used and should be left On N The Power button cuts the power to the board from the PC and the hard drive and should not be used Voice messaging software LED Green when software i
130. Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U ADP or SLI 4 8 U ETU A maximum of 24 DTP 1HM 1 or DTP 1HM 2 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system gt Figure 6 10 DTP 1HM 1 WH TEL Single Line Telephone The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 SECTION 4 CONNECTING A DTU DTP TERMINAL TO THE SYSTEM These instructions for connecting a Multiline Terminal to the system apply to all of the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals 1 Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal The handset is also attached to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal Telephone Cord Figure 6 11 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System 2 Lead the telephone and handset cords through the appropriate grooves Figure 6 12 Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal System Hardwa
131. E When the system is to be installed as a Multifunction system use the following number NIFMUL 43076 MF E When the system is to be installed as a PBX System use the following number NIFMUL 43075 PF E Ringer Equivalence Number REN 2 0B USOC jack required RJ21X Issue 6 Electra Elite The Facility Interface Code FIC Ringer Equivalent Number REN Service Order Code SOC and Jack for each interface ETU are listed in the following table Table 1 FIC REN SOC and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUs Trunk Station ETU Type FIC REN SOC Jack BRT 4 U ETU 02185 N A 6 0F N A CAMA Trunk 02RV O 0 7 9 0F RJ21X COI 4 U ETU Loop Start 02LS2 0 7 9 0F RJ21X COI 8 U ETU Loop Start 02LS2 0 7A 9 0F RJ21X COI 8 U ETU Ground Start 02GS2 0 7A 9 0F RJ21X COIB 4 U ETU for COID COI Mode Loop Start 02LS2 0 7A 9 0F RJ21X COIB 8 U ETU Loop Start 02LS2 0 7 9 0 RJ21X COIB 4 U ETU for COI Mode Ground Start 02GS2 0 7A 9 0F RJ21X COID 4 8 U ETU Loop Start 02152 07 90F RJ21X DID 4 U ETU OPRV2T N A 90 RJ21X 04DU9 BN DTI U ETU CN N A 60 04DU9 1SN OPX 2 U ETU OLISC 90F RJ21X PRT 1 U ETU 04DU9 1SN N A 60 TLI 2 U ETU 90F RJe1X INCIDENCE OF HARM When the system is malfunctioning it could cause harm to the
132. ETU Perform Second Initialization and test Y 2 Perform First Initialization and test Send terminal Problem No Replace B48 U10 KSU and test in for repair Solved using default program System Hardware Manual 10 15 Issue 6 10 16 D3 Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems Check to see if problem occurs on CO or Internal call CO Internal CO or Go to Flowchart C3 Internal dial tone Go to Flowchart A1 Go to Flowchart A1 System Maintenance Electra Elite E1 No Dial Tone Access on SLT Check Memory Block 7 1 for SLI 4 8 U ETU assignments Yes No Problem Assignment solved correct End Assign Again Both CO No CO or internal dial tone Replace SLT and test Check CO line dial tone on a Multiline Terminal No Good Internal ity Replace SLT and test Problem Go to Flowchart C3 solved Problem Repair SLT solved Bad Go to Flowchart C3 1 Reset SLI 4 8 U ETU and test 2 Replace SLI 4 8 U ETU and test 3 Perform Second Initialization and test Problem Do
133. ETU Default Switch Settings IPIE SE pis CCH 4 U LED Indications RTT TTE 21080 Connector Descriptions TON VRS 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings ere tnnt tens 5 117 YRSA BED MUCHOS nbus 58 117 ADA U Cable A 7 10 ADAU tc tabla ce bt 7 12 System Hardware Manual XXXV Issue 6 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 8 3 Table 8 4 Table 10 1 xxxvi Electra Elite APA U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 uou ea sad ds ic 7 15 APR U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SWS 7 19 am ae did ebore RTT 7 33 ADIAR Unit Swich Seinge Re 8 34 ADAIR Cable Conngglions uaa edie 8 39 AP A R AP R R Unit Switch Settings 8 42 CT A R ETC IE CODICE T 8 46 Voltage Measurement UURQUREEER QUO RO URERRHR REPREHENE FEE REERKEHERE HERR od 10 3 List of Tables Chapter 1 Introduction 1st Tab Introduction Chapter 1 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 Unique Design The Electra Elite 48 system is a powerful key system that meets the ever changing business communications demands of today Unique compact design allows it to be easily and quickly installed Electra Elite 48 is a feature rich system that provides telephone functions and supports a
134. ETU Lock Release relays are provided 1 ETU This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The Electronic Station Interface ETU contains eight circuits Each circuit can support any Attendant Console Multiline Terminal or Single Line Telephone adapter This is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The first 3 ETUs ESI 8 U ETU ESI 8 U ETU is built in on the MBD U10 Unit of the B48 U10 KSU and designated as Slot 1 Ports 01 08 The maximum number depends on other Station cards installed This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 32 Extensions FMS 2 4 8 U ETU This is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has two four or eight channels of built in Voice Mail The system recognizes this ETU as VMS 4 8 U ETU Slot S7 is the recommended slot for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 1 ETU OPX 2 U ETU The Off Premise Extension ETU provides for the termination and operation of a maximum of two off premise extensions Each ETU has a built in ringer RSG Up to 1600 ohms of loop resistance including the Single Line Instrument is acceptable between the OPX ETU and the Single Line Telephone This ETU is installed in slots 53 56 the B48 U10 KSU This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 3 ETUs 6 extensions SLI 4 U ETU The Single Line Interface ET
135. Figure 7 25 Figure 7 26 Figure 7 27 xxvi Electra Elite Wiss DM c teer vlt T m 7 3 ape ue testo tibi pie abd a atl Nd 7 8 Removing Base Plate Dummy Engl ise ans Reate 7 4 S iid End Bee 7 4 Installing Adapter Connector 1 d Installing Dummy End B soaked oO RH ACA Unit CORPO psp odbanephan ab a BE Attaching the ADA U Unit to the Multiline Terminal 7 7 Leading the Audio Cable out from the ADA U 7 8 LE RU metr PURUS 7 8 Attaching Cables to the ADA U Unit 1e tte norte ntt ep inca 7 9 ADAU DET 7 11 BRE E 7 13 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 7 14 APA RS quer NP 7 14 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit 7 15 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal e E Ina Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit CER Closing the Base Plate Cover liked i Lini SURES n n Connecting Cables on the APR U 7 19 Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC
136. Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 MDF Yellow M P Up to 900 Feet AC Adapter Provided Use 0 4 mm to 0 65 mm Twisted Pair Cable Figure 7 39 Connecting DBM B U to ESI Port 3 8 HFU U Unit Handsfree Unit The Handsfree Unit provides full duplex handsfree communication Large areas may cause poor full duplex operation This unit comes with the handsfree adapter and an external microphone With the terminal upside down facing from the bottom of the open cover install this unit in Slot 1 of the telephone Figure 7 40 HFU U Unit 3 8 1 Installing an HFU U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 Refer to 3 4 1 Installing APR U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 The instructions for installing these units are the same System Hardware Manual 7 31 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 8 2 Installing the External Microphone An external microphone can be installed on the HFU U Unit These instructions apply to the external microphone obtained from NEC This microphone is equipped with a mute button Figure 7 41 Microphone with Mute 1 M Plug the microphone cord into the jack on the HFU U Unit as shown in Figure 7 42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal t microphone should be at least one foot away from the Multiline Terminal but not more than three feet Minimum 1 Foot from Multiline Terminal Fi
137. L xiv Table of Contents Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 Issue 6 APA U Unit Analog Port Adapter 7 13 3 3 1 Installing APA U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 7 13 3 3 2 PERTERRITI 7 14 3 3 8 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit 7 15 APR U Unit Analog Page 7 16 3 4 1 Installing APR U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HOC 1 7 16 3 4 2 Bue DORT 7 18 3 4 8 Connecting Cables on the APR U Unit 7 19 CTA U Unit Computer Telephony Adapter 7 20 3 5 1 Installing the CTA U 7 21 3 5 2 Connecting the Cables on the CTA U Unit 7 22 3 5 3 Installing the Driver an the 7 22 Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface 7 22 3 6 1 CTU C U Unit Connections aiias eai 7 23 2 5p CTU S U Unit Connections 1er inerenti 7 24 DBM B U Box and DBM E U Box Message Display Boards temi aa 7 25 3 7 1 Connecting DBM E U Box to DBM B U Box or Another DBM E U BOX iuuat 7 26 3 7 2 Wall Mounting DBM B U and Expansion Boards 7 28 3 7 3 Connecting the DBM B to Power and ESI 7 3
138. LED 4 Voice Mail started successfully After system is up and running these LEDs are turned off and all channels are ready to receive calls When Voice Mail fails to start all eight channel LEDs and the BCLR LED AP1 are on Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 5 6 8 Connectors The VMS FMS CMS 2 4 8 U30 has six Connectors J2 J6 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 eo 9g 9989 8 Connects to the backboard Connects to Compact Flash FMS only Connects to the Harddrive Connects to the LAN when used VMS only Not Used COM Port for console programming Connector for DSP U30 Unit to support ports 5 8 5 6 9 Installation Precautions The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static electricity t Static discharge must be avoided when handling ETUs Always use the following precautions System Hardware Manual Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that KSU is off Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static electricity damage Issue 6 Electra Elite 57 OPX 2 U ETU 5 7 1 Description The OPX 2 U provides an interface for two off premise extensions This ETU has a built in ringing generator RSG A maximum of 16002 of loop resistance including about 200o for the Single Line Telephone is acc
139. Multiline Terminal Problems 1 Multiline Terminal Function D1 9 14 2 Multiline Terminal Ringing D2 9 15 3 yen Terminal Dial Tone D3 9 16 Single Line Telephone Problems 1 No Dial Tone Access on SLT E1 9 17 2 No Ringing on SLT E2 9 18 3 No Dial Access to SLT Features ES 9 19 Low Volume Problems F1 9 20 External Paging Problems G1 9 21 SMDR Output Problems H1 9 22 No Call Accounting System System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 6 A1 C No Internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT Incorrect or No DC Voltage Voltages gt Check AC Input Correct Power Turn system Off Disconnect all Bad circuit boards Correct Power AC Power Problem Good Bad Dial Tone System Replace PSU Fuses Dial tone on Multiline F1 8 F2 Terminal 19 ESI 8 U 5 MBD U10 Unit God Rebuild system one iis card at a time until No Dial Tone problem reappears Replace defective Reset ESI 8 U ETU If trouble ersists replace B48 U10 KSU Yes card P Problem Done Solved i No Dial Tone Dial Tone Remove all ETUs and retest No Dial Tone Build system Yes onecardata g Problem time and Solved 1 If problem not solved perform First Initialization replace bad and test
140. N connects to the LAN IP network through a VoIP gateway Digitized speech is transported through IP packets and can include real time conversation or voice mail The IP network can be public private voice transport can be telephone to telephone computer to telephone or computer to computer Issue 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Electra Elite Glossary of Abbreviations Electraclitc 48 SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL NEC America Inc Issue 6 Series 8000
141. NG DTU DTP If softkeys are not used on the Multiline Terminal remove them as follows SOFTKEYS 1 Pull the softkey plate upward as shown in Figure 6 19 Removing DTU DTP Softkeys Figure 6 19 Removing DTU DTP Softkeys 2 Install the plastic panel again System Hardware Manual 6 17 Issue 6 SECTION 9 ADJUSTING DTU DTP MULTILINE TERMINAL HEIGHT 6 18 Electra Elite The base plate on Electra Elite Multiline Terminals is hinged The bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the height of the terminal 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down and locate the tabs as shown in Figure 6 20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Figure 6 20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 2 Push the adjustment tabs and raise the base plate until it locks Figure 6 21 Raising the Base Plate on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 3 Thelength of the cord can be adjusted by pulling the line cord though the groove in the bottom of the Multiline Terminal Figure 6 22 Adjusting the DTU DTP Line Cord Length 4 To lower the base plate on the Multiline Terminal push on the adjustment tabs and push the base plate downward Tab Figure 6 23 Lowering the Base Plate on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal System Hardware Manual 6 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite SECTION 10 INSTALLING D e g CORDLESS
142. NOTICE Note that when converting this document from its original format to a pdf file some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations from the original printed document When viewing and printing this document we cannot guarantee that your specific PC or printer will support all of the fonts or graphics Therefore when you view the document fonts may be substituted and your individual printer may not have the capability to print the document correctly ElectraGliic 48 S YSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL Stock Number 750376 NEC America Inc reserves the right to change the specifications functions or features at any time without notice NEC America Inc has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers The information contained herein is the property of NEC America Inc and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval of NEC America Inc D is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite is a registered trademark of NEC America Inc Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation AT amp T is a registered trademark of AT amp T Wireless Services Inc Copyright 2003 NEC Infrontia Inc 6535 N State Highway 161 Irving TX 75039 2402 Technology Development GENERAL INFORMATION THIS MANUAL Preface Congratulations You have purchased the NEC Electra Elite System The Electra Elite 48 system is a feature rich key system that pr
143. Off Incoming Off On Busy On On Live Flashes red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 9 4 4 9 5 Issue 6 Ethernet Status Two built in LEDs one green and one yellow on the RJ 45 indicate Ethernet connection status The yellow LED is On when the Ethernet link is up The green LED flashes to indicate activity Status This 2 color red and green LED shows status of all Gateway trunks The location of a detected error is indicated by the following table Trunk Status LED Condition Error Location Power On Off BIOS Hardware Start DSP download Red DSP Driver DSP download OK Red and Green DSP Download Successful Green Application Load Application Start IPT 4 U to IPT 8 U ETU Conversion The IPE 4 U Unit is attached to the IPT 4 U ETU to convert it to the IPT 8 U ETU This unit comes with two attached standoffs with an extra screw in the bottom 1 Remove the screw from the bottom of each standoff Line up the IPE 4 U Unit standoffs with Holes 1 and 2 and connector J1 with IPT 4 ETU connector J5 and press down until the IPE 4 U Unit is firmly attached to the IPT 4 U ETU Install the two previously removed screws through holes 1 and 2 to Connect the standoffs to the IPT 4 U ETU Connectors The IPT 4 8 U E
144. PSU Connect the external battery cable to the BATTERY EXT connector on the PSU of the KSU Bundle any extra cabling together Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Figure 4 19 Connecting the External Power Cables to the PSU Install the KSU cover Refer to Figure 4 20 Installing the KSU Cover Figure 4 20 Installing the KSU Cover Issue 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Electra Elite Installing the KSU Chapter 5 Installing Electronic Telephone Units 5th Tab Installing Electronic Telephone Units Chapter 5 SECTION 1 GENERAL Each Electronic Telephone Unit ETU is installed in a slot of the KSU INFORMATION Refer to Figure 5 1 KSU ETU Slots The B48 U10 KSU has seven slots that are divided as follows Slot 1 is a fixed ESI slot that cannot be changed S2 is the ISA IF slot without Amphenol connections Any ETU that does not require Amphenol connections e g MIF VRS CNF or PBR can be installed in this slot 53 56 are the B48 U10 KSU interface slots with Amphenol connectors All other interface ETUs can be installed in any of these slots S7 is an interface slot without Amphenol connections Any ETU that does not require Amphenol connections e g VRS or PBR can be installed in this slot This chapter describes each ETU and the installation procedures S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 ET Figure 5 1 KSU ETU
145. Pair Cable 2 Pair Cable Ohms 24 AWG 24 AWG DTP 16 1 TEL DTU 16 1 TEL 26 450 900 DTP 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL 2 PE oe DTH 16D 1 TEL DTR 16D 1 TEL M DTP 16HC 1 TEL 57 1083 DTP 32 1 TEL DTU 32 1 TEL i DTP 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL di en iss DTH 32D 1 TEL DTR 32D 1 TEL x ee DTR 1R 1 TEL 35 600 1000 DTR 4R 1 TEL N A 650 1000 ETW 8 1 2 TEL 35 600 1000 ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL 26 450 900 ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL 21 360 720 ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL 26 450 900 ETW 4R 1 TEL N A 650 650 EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF with AC Adapter N A 1000 1000 SLT 1 U ADP 35 600 1000 gt An SLT AC Adapter is required with installation of the following devices DTP 16HC 1 Telephone Electra Elite DCU 60 Console or Electra Professional ETW 48 Console The length for the specified SLT Adapter is the length between the SLT Adapter and the ESI gt The values number of ohms and feet of cable specified with the include the DTR 2DT 1 TEL plus the Single Line Telephone System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 6 RJ11 Multiline Terminal Figure 2 2 Connecting the ESI to the Multiline Terminal Using Twisted 2 Pair Cable Table 2 4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment Maximum Loop Resistance Connected Equipment Cable 24 AWG from Connected Equipment to Telephone AD A R Unit Twisted Pair 10 feet ADA 2 W Unit Twisted Pair 10 feet AP R R or AP A R Unit Twisted Pair 50 feet APR U or APA
146. Power On LED 1 CH1 Channel 1 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 2 CH2 Channel 2 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 CH3 Channel 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 CH4 Channel 4 status Busy Not Used Idle FAX FAX status Busy Not Used Idle t Switch SW400 must be set to Loop Start for FAX CO function to work Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 3 5 4 3 6 Issue 6 Connectors The COIB 4 U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the backboard Future Future Connections MDF Demark T 1 T R 1 R T2 T R2 R T3 _ T R3 R T4 T R4 R Figure 5 16 COIB 4 U ETU Connections Issue 6 Electra Elite 44 COIB 4 U20 ETU 4 4 1 Description This can function the same as the COI 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central Office Interface Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to the COIB 4 U20 ETU Ground Start trunks are not supported When the ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported Caller ID does not work in the mode Fax CO Branch support is provided on the COIB 4 U20 port 4 only This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911 CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB 4 U20 port 3 When functioning as a COI 4 U
147. S7000 or lower For S8000 or higher four COIB 4 U ETUs or two COID 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks Switch Settings The RESET switch resets the unit LED Indications Table 5 16 COID 4 8 U LED Indications System Hardware Manual LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED 1 Line 1 status Busy Not Used Idle COID 4 COID 8 LED 2 Line 2 status Busy Not Used Idle COID 4 COID 8 LED 3 Line 3 status Busy Not Used Idle COID 4 COID 8 LED 4 Line 4 status Busy Not Used Idle COID 4 COID 8 LED 5 Line 5 status COID 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 6 Line 6 status COID 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 7 Line 7 status COID 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 8 Line 8 status COID 8 Busy Not Used Idle 4 6 5 Connectors The COID 4 8 U has one connector Connects to the backboard Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 6 6 Connections MDF Demark qus Ri H R MDF Demark T2 T Ti H T3 T Br R R3 R De pes a T4 T co R amp T ts R3 L R NE Dr R5 R Ba pha T6 T Re R R7 R COID 4 U ETU i R R8 R COID 8 U ETU Figure 5 22 COID 4 8 U ETU Connections 5 36 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 47 DID 4 U ETU 4 7
148. SLT 1 U ADP 7 36 Figure 7 46 Removing the Screws from the SLT 1 U 7 97 Figure 7 47 Attaching the SLT 1 U ADP To the Wall 7 37 Figure 7 48 ter rarer er ere 7 38 Figure 7 49 Connecting the Cables on the VDD U Unit etre tn tete 7 39 Figure 7 50 Positioning the Handset Hangar iios acie reati ne etie net aS Dti 7 40 Figure 7 51 Removing the Knockout Me System Hardware Manual xxvii Issue 6 Figure 7 52 Figure 7 53 Figure 7 54 Figure 7 55 Figure 7 56 Figure 7 57 Figure 7 58 Figure 7 59 Figure 7 60 Figure 7 61 Figure 7 62 Figure 7 63 Figure 7 64 Figure 7 65 Figure 7 66 Figure 7 67 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 Figure 8 8 Figure 8 9 xxviii Electra Elite The Base Plate to the Wall auae ia ae chua ba 7 41 Wall Mounting Using Modular tera tap inta 7 41 Plugging in the Line Gord Using Wall JACK u a tace eret 7 42 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular Jack 7 42 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline Terminal t ihe Dase GOYET H Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover 7 43 l stalled Wall Mount DIE
149. T 1 U ADP This Adapter provides an interface for Single Line Telephones and other similar devices from an ESI ETU port This adapter can be connected to any ESI port VDD U Unit The Voice Data Interface Adapter provides LAN split for digital terminals when the VDH2 8 U ETU is used This unit is used to incorporate LAN and telephone lines into one cable This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Terminal connected to a VDH2 8 U ETU except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 24 System Hardware Manual 1 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities This Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL to the wall and connects to the WM R Unit back of the Multiline Terminal 32 This unit is required when an AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit is installed This Unit is used to mount any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to the wall and connects to the back of the Multiline Terminal WMU U Unit 32 This unit is required when an APA U Unit APR U Unit CTA U Unit CTU C S U10 Unit HFU U Unit or a VDD U Unit is installed This universal Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal or DTP 2DT 1 TEL to the wall n ZT II The Zone Transceiver maintains radio communication with the PS II 6 terminals Software SAT S W END
150. TU has two connectors 9 9 CN1 Connects to the backboard RJ 45 Connects to the Ethernet Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 9 6 Switch S1 Switch S1 must be in PD power down for ETU installation and placed in PU power up to activate the ETU After the ETU is activated S1 is placed in PD to power down the ETU for removal 4 9 7 Connections RJ 45 Connector VoIP Trunk ETU Figure 5 28 IPT 4 8 U ETU Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 4 10 PRT 1 U ETU 4 10 1 Description The PRT 1 U ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that provides for the termination of an ISDN PRI line for voice service only The PRT 1 U ETU supports AT amp T 4ESS Custom AT amp T 5ESS Lucent DMS 100 Custom or National ISDN and NI 2 protocols Call by Call and Universal call handling are also supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 29 PRT 1 U ETU Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 10 2 Installation When a PRT 1 U ETU is installed a CLKG U Unit must be installed on the MBD U10 Unit One PRT 1 U ETU can be installed only in slot S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher four PRT 1 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks 4 10 3 Switch Settings Switch SW1 is a 4 position DIP switch used to assign the application Table 5 21 PRT 1 U
151. U supports a maximum of four Single Line Telephones and or analog voice mail ports This ETU provides Ringing Signal Generator RSG and Message Waiting MW LED voltage to Single Line Telephones This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other station cards installed This ETU shares the total number of station ports 4 ETUS 16 ports SLI 8 U ETU The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of eight Single Line Telephones and or voice mail ports This ETU provides Ringing Signal Generator RSG and Message Waiting MW LED voltage to Single Line Telephones This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other station cards installed This ETU shares the total number of station ports 3 ETUs 24 ports System Hardware Manual p Issue 6 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description The Voice Data Hub ETU allows integration of both Terminal and 10Base T cables for local area network LAN into the same cable 3 ETUs VDH2 8 U ETU 10Base T and 10Base 2 are supported This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 24 extensions VMS 2 U ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has two channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU s
152. WM R Unit Figure 8 36 Installing Telephone on WM R Unit Optional equipment for the DTH DTR Multiline Terminals enhances the Electra Elite 48 system This equipment can be purchased separately from the system and added as the customer business grows DTH DTR Multiline Terminals can have up to two adapters installed at the same time When attaching an AP R R Unit an external power supply is required Only one power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is installed Issue 6 SECTION 13 PREPARING DTH DTR MULTILINE TERMINAL FOR ADAPTER INSTALLATION Electra Elite To prepare the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for adapter installation 1 Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal Turn the terminal upside down Grasp in the middle of the hollow spaces at the top and pull up until the retaining tabs click to raise the base plate Refer to Figure 8 37 Raising the Base Plate Figure 8 37 Raising the Base Plate Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 4 Press down on the tabs indicated in Figure 8 38 Removing the DTH DTR Base Plate and push forward on the base plate to remove it Figure 8 38 Removing the DTH DTR Base Plate System Hardware Manual 8 29 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 When an adapter is installed for the first time in a terminal the base cover on the Multiline Terminal must be modified Two ad
153. al Multiline Terminals can be connected to the Electra Elite 48 system ETW 8 1 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF Issue 6 SECTION 3 CONNECTING AN ELECTRA PROFESSIONAL MULTILINE TERMINAL TO THE ELECTRA ELITE 48 SYSTEM 3 1 Electra Elite Modular Terminal Connections 3 1 1 Connecting Multiline Terminals Attendant Add On Consoles and SLT Adapters When connecting Electra Professional Multiline Terminals Attendant Add On Consoles or SLT Adapters to the MDF or IDF individually twisted 1 pair cabling must be used Refer to Figure 9 1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add On Consoles for an illustration of connections YL BK Station Cable REA 0 Modular Terminal Figure 9 1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add On Consoles Installing Electra Professional Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 4 INSTALLING ANCILLARY DEVICE ADAPTER IN THE MULTILINE TERMINAL System Hardware Manual 3 2 4 1 Issue 6 Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System 1 Plug a telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal 2 Lead the cord out through the cord groove as shown in Figure 9 2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 System Figure 9 2 Connect an Electra Professional Multi
154. al is equipped with 32 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail This terminal has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 ptem pg The Personal Station wireless terminal provides the features and benefits of a desktop telephone without the inconvenience of having to remain close to the desktop 24 DTR 1R 1 TEL The Di Analog Cordless terminal uses 2 4 GHz Digital Spread Spectrum DSS Technology and is connected to an analog port using SLI 4 8 U or OPX 2 U ETU an SLT 1 U ADP or an APR U Unit connected to the Multiline Terminal This terminal does not have an LCD display 20 DTR 4R 1 TEL The D 9 Cordless terminal uses 900 MHz Digital Spread Spectrum DSS Technology and is connected in tandem to a Multiline Terminal This terminal can be switched between cordless and the Multiline Terminal connected to it using a key on the base unit This terminal has a 16 digit by 2 line LCD Display ETW 4R 1 TEL This 0 Cordless Terminal can be connected to the Electra Elite System using a tandem connection to a Multiline Terminal The terminal has a co
155. alling Electronic Telephone Units Chapter 5 contains instructions for installing the ETUs in the KSU Chapter 6 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Chapter 6 describes each available terminal that can be used with the Electra Elite 48 system and provides installation instructions Chapter 7 Installing Optional Equipment Chapter 7 contains installation instructions for optional equipment that can be added to the system as customer business grows Chapter 8 Installing D Series i Equipment Chapter 8 describes each DTR terminal the DCR console and each adapter that is available to allow peripheral equipment to be attached to Multiline Terminals Installation instructions are provided where necessary Chapter 9 Installing Electra Professional Telephones Chapter 9 contains instructions for installing Electra Professional terminals on the Electra Elite 48 system Chapter 10 System Maintenance Chapter 10 is a guide to help the technician troubleshoot and diagnose problems during and after system installation Other manuals in the set are described below Electra Elite 48 192 Features and Specifications Manual Stock Number 750361 This manual describes each available feature for the system Electra Elite 48 General Description Manual Stock Number 750375 This manual contains general information about the system features configuration and standards This overview of the Electra Elite 48 system is use
156. amp On indications are shown below No Flicker ZT is in standby On Lamp Flash cycle is 0 1 seconds Not Supported On Lamp a Ec Time 0 25 Flash cycle is 0 2 seconds Remaining indications depend on the number of PS connections 1 PS connection Lamp Off entes Mte ac Ee or ea abe EEEE s Time 0 2s On Lamp sis Time 0 25 Lamp Off E EE 5 106 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 6 2 5 Connectors The BSU 2 U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the backboard CN2 For future use 6 2 6 ZT II Connections RJ 45 RJ 45 eee T1 m RI ZT Il To RJ 45 R5 ZT Il R6 o0 4 wo c A e D Figure 5 58 BSU 2 U Connections System Hardware Manual 5 107 Issue 6 5 108 6 3 Electra Elite CCH 4 U ETU 6 3 1 Description The Common Channel Handler is an optional Interface ETU that provides a common channel signal through the DTI U30 ETU to a K CCIS network and controls the signaling between the
157. anual Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 5 44 VDH2 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power power on 1 LAN connection Green Not Used LAN inactive LAN Connection 2 LAN connection established Not Used LAN inactive 3 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive 4 LAN connection Terminal is Not Used LAN inactive 5 LAN connection Transmitting Not Used LAN inactive 6 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive 7 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive 8 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive 9 10Base2 status 10Base2 sending Not Used 10Base2 inactive 10 Intercom status Intercom channel on Not Used No intercom terminal some channel in use used 5 9 7 Connectors The VDH2 8 U ETU has the following connectors CN2 CH1 7 CN2 CH8 Connects to the backboard Connects to Multiline Terminals Connects to Multiline Terminal or cascades to another HUB Connects 10Base 2 cascade cables from another HUB or mainframe LAN When SW is set to X the following table indicates the pin assignments for the RJ 45 pins for CN2 CH8 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 TD indicates Transmit Data and RD indicates Receive Data Normal Pin Signaling 6 TD 3 TD 2 RD 1 RD When SW2 is set to t
158. apters can be installed in the terminal and two separate cutouts are provided Remove the applicable cutout cutouts on the bottom of the base plate with nippers When only one adapter is being installed and it needs an AC R Unit for power remove only the Right cutout as shown in Figure 8 39 Modifying Base Cover Figure 8 39 Modifying Base Cover 6 Turnthe base plate with bottom down and release two tabs at the top for each end cover shown shaded corresponding to applicable base plate cutout cutouts and remove the cover covers 7 Remove the applicable dummy end ends with nippers 8 When An AC R Unit is required for power remove the cutout on the right side of the base plate with the bottom facing up to accommodate the power adapter cord 8 30 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 SECTION 14 INSTALLATION 14 4 AC R Unit AC Adapter PROCEDURES This unit shown on Figure 8 40 AC R Unit provides power to ancillary devices or DTR Attendant Consoles The AC R Unit must be connected to an adapter that is installed on a Multiline Terminal When more than one adapter is installed on a Multiline Terminal only one AC R Unit is necessary Figure 8 40 AC R Unit The power requirements for the AC R Unit are Input 110 240V AC 50 60 Hz 45 VA Output 27V DC 750 mA Polarity gt 14 1 1 Connecting the AC R Unit 1 Unplug the AC R Unit from the AC outlet Fai
159. ardware Manual 4 9 Issue 6 SECTION 3 INSTALLING THE KSU Electra Elite The compact design of the Electra Elite 48 KSU provides easy installation The KSU is wall mounted only 7 Before installing the system observe the following C precautions Ensure that the Power Supply Unit PSU is OFF and that the power cord is disconnected from the AC outlet Do not touch the soldered surfaces of the ETUs with your hands 3 4 General Information 3 1 1 KSU The B48 U10 KSU provides service for outside lines Attendant Consoles and interconnection of the station terminals The B48 U10 KSU provides 48 ports and has one fixed and six flexible slots Fixed slot 1 is reserved for the ESI 8 U ETU that is built in on the MBD U10 Unit A P64 U10 Power Supply Unit PSU and backup batteries are provided with the KSU Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 3 2 Removing the KSU Cover The front cover must be removed to access the battery cables and ETU slots 1 Loosen the screws near the bottom of the KSU Do not remove screws from the unit 2 Pullthe front cover off toward you Figure 4 4 Removing the Cover of the KSU 3 3 Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap When attaching the amphenol cables to the side of the KSU they can be secured using the provided velcro strap This should be done prior to attaching the KSU to the wall mount bracket Thread the velcro strap through the hook on the back side of the
160. ation CPU Central Processor Unit CTA Computer Telephony Adapter CTI VP FMS Voice Mail VMS CMS DID Direct Inward Dialing DPH Doorphone Issue 6 Table 2 1 Electra Elite List of Abbreviations Continued Abbreviation Description DTI Digital Trunk Interface ECR External Control Relay ESI Electronic Station Interface HDLC High Level Data Link Control HFU Handsfree Unit IPT Internet Protocol Trunk for VoIP ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network K CCIS Key Common Channel Interoffice Signaling LAN Local Area Network MIC Microphone MIF Multipurpose Interface MOH Music On Hold OPX Off Premise Extension PBR Push Button Receiver PC Personal Computer PCM Pulse Code Modulation PCT C PC Telephony Board Coreline Interface PCT S PC Telephony Board without Modem PRT Primary Rate Trunk PS Il Personal Station Wireless Terminal SLI Single Line interface SLT Single Line Telephone SPK Speaker TLI Tie Line Interface VDD Voice Data Digital Adapter VDH Voice Data Hub VM Voice Mail VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol VRS Voice Recording Service ZT II Zone Transceiver ZT 11 0 Unit System Specifications Electra Elite Package Control Path Issue 6 Voice Path
161. ble 5 47 Table 5 48 Table 5 49 Table 5 50 Table 5 51 Table 5 52 Table 5 53 Table 5 54 Table 5 55 Table 5 56 Table 5 57 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Issue 6 Support TADIS auis gener eon ney ENE ne eheu DL Lada d 5 72 PMS 24 ETU Switeh Sellinga aote rete rra 5 73 DIP Switeh FUNGUONS Losada cds quise abscisa p metodo E 5 73 LED 965008 ra tpa asi sd 5 74 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS FMS CMS U30 ETU 5 79 Jumper CODES aco cene EUREN AG SHE VMS FMS CMS 2 4 8 U30 LED Indications 5 80 VDH2 8 U ETU Specifications isskienen anro mr n eene a iare eren D86 VDH2 8 U ETU Default Switch Settings 5 90 Jumper YETU LED TONS 5 92 Contiguration Support Fie 5 04 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU Switch Settings erinnern 5 97 YMS Dip Finglighig een ei 5 97 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU LED Indications 5 98 AUDIO ETU LED ANOS 5 101 BSU 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings 5 104 BSU 2 U ETU LED Indications TOI NN 39108 ZT Status Table f r LEDs 5 and ET pU CCH 4 U
162. bs from the WMU U Unit The tabs that are removed depends on the Multiline Terminal type DTP DTU 8 1 TEL DTP DTU 32 1 TEL DTP 8D 1 DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP 32D 1 DTU 32D 2 TEL DTP DTU 16 1 TEL DTP 16D 1 DTU 16D 2 TEL DCU 60 1 CONSOLE Figure 7 60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU U Unit 4 Bundle the cord from the modular jack leaving about eight inches Use a tie wrap to secure the bundled cord System Hardware Manual 7 45 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 Place the bundled line cord in the space between the WMU U Unit and the wall Lead the line cord out through the slits as shown in Figure 7 61 Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU U Unit Figure 7 61 Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU U Unit 6 Attach the WMU U Unit to the posts on the wall plate locally provided Place locally provided screws in the nodes on the WMU U Unit and secure the WMU U Unit to the wall Nodes Posts Nodes Figure 7 62 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall 7 46 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 7 Connect the line cord to the Multiline Terminal 8 With the WMU U Unit attached to the wall hook the two bottom tabs on the WMU U Mount Unit in the tab slots on the Multiline Terminal Then push the two top tabs on the WMU U Unit in the tab slots on the Multiline Terminal When the adapter has a power supply lead the AC adapter cord out through the opening at the bottom
163. cnc 8 33 14 2 1 Switch Settings and Wiring 8 94 14 2 2 Installing Core and Shielded Cable 8 96 14 2 3 Installing the AD A R Unit on a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal OO 14 2 4 AD A R Connections and Specifications 8 38 14 3 AP A AP R R Unit Port Adapter 8 41 14 3 1 Installing AP A R or AP R R Unit on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 8 42 14 4 CT A R Unit Computer Telephony Adapter 8 44 14 4 1 Typical Connection using an ESI ESIC 8 44 14 4 2 Typical Connection using VDH 8 45 14 4 3 Installing the CT A R AD 14 4 4 Installing the Driver on the PC 8 48 14 5 Removing or Installing BS E R Key Unit 8 48 Chapter 9 Installing Electra Professional Equipment Section 1 General Information CETTE 9 1 Section2 Electra Professional Multiline Terminals 9 1 xviii Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 6 Section 3 Connecting an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 System 9 2 3 1 Modular Terminal Connectio
164. conferencing group 4 facsimile machines and other similar types of transmissions The data D channel used to bring in information about incoming calls and take out information about outgoing calls BRI can also be used to access slow speed data networks such as videotex and packet switched networks BRI has two standards U Interface for 2 wire T Interface for 4 wire System Hardware Manual A 1 Issue 6 Electra Elite Abbreviations Definition CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC is a common method to establish that the data is correctly received in data communications This process checks the integrity of a block of data A CRC character is generated at the transmission end Its value depends on the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data block The transmitting device calculates the value and appends it to the data block The receiving end makes a similar calculation and compares its results with the added character If there is a difference the recipient requests retransmission DN Directory Number Unique number phone number assigned to each telephone or data terminal ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network An international plan to migrate the public switched network to the universal implementation of standard digital technology LSA Line Synchronization Alarm Detection A T1 trunk looses frame synchronization Frame synchronization occurs when a given digital channel time slot a
165. console and adapter and provides applicable installation instructions 2 1 DTR 2DT 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and a data jack to connect analog SLT Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal A maximum of 31 DTR 2DT 1 TELs can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system Figure 8 1 DTR 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 2 2 Electra Elite DTH DTR 8 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or for D Series i digital non display Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail A maximum of 31 DTH DTR 8 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 2 DTH DTR 8 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 6 DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or for D
166. cs include Characteristic Value Baud Rate Parity None Stop Bit 1 stop bit Data Bit 8 bits Port Type DCE CN412 CN413 CNA414 CN415 CN416 CN417 CN403 MOH IN ESI RESET AMP1 Ses 2 Figure 7 67 Connecting a to the KSU 3 16 2 Connecting the Printer to the KSU When using the charge control ability connect the printer to the KSU to allow the printing of the charge data Connect the printer to the serial port on the side of the KSU with an RS 232C straight cable Use the COM 2 port to connect the printer System Hardware Manual 7 51 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 16 3 Remote Programming Using the Built in Modem Modem Kit Unit PC programming abilities include Remote Programming Connect the CO line to the modem extension number The following characteristics apply to the built in modem Characteristic Value Baud Rate 28 8Kbps Max Parity None Stop Bit 1 Data Bit 8 7 52 Installing Optional Equipment Chapter 8 Installing D Series i Equipment 8th Tab Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Chapter 8 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 MULTILINE TERMINALS System Hardware Manual The Electra Elite 48 system supports the Electra Elite IPK and D 9 Series i Multiline Terminals an Attendant Console and several adapters that allow peripheral equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals This chapter describes each terminal
167. dapter Installation 2 Set the SW1 SW3 and DSW switches to default settings shown in Table 8 3 AP A R AP R R Unit Switch Settings Use nippers to remove the cover over the DSW switch Table 8 3 AP A R AP R R Unit Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 1 Connect to DTH DTR default SW1 2 IP Phone IRT Sets impedance to 6000 for devices such as modems or facsimile machines default Used for complex impedance devices such as 2 Single Line Telephones 12345678 7 Default 8 42 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline Terminal as shown in Figure 8 54 Attaching the Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal and press down until the unit clicks into place Figure 8 54 Attaching the AP A AP R R Unit to the DTH Multiline Terminal Close the base plate and snap the cover in place Install the ferrite core provided with either Unit about 2 inches from the line cord plug as shown in Figure 8 55 Installing Ferrite Core Connect the line cord to the unit Limit the cable length from the Unit to the Single Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet AP A AP Figure 8 55 Installing Ferrite Core Issue 6 Electra Elite 7 For the AP R R only plug the AC adapter power cord
168. de Telephony Control The application is based on the Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface TAPI and provides call handling on the PC e g call answer Hold Transfer Conference or Caller ID User Interface to support Emulation This function provides the functions of D such as normal telephone indications LCD Line keys or Hookswitch Sound Support Allows voice recording and playing on an audio device assigned to the PC Voice Mail and Live Record are supported on the PC 7 22 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Plug and Play Support Headset Operation When CTU and are used to set data for TSP the headset button can be controlled by TSP USB Interface This adapter uses Full Speed 12Mbps as defined in the USB Specification 3 6 1 CTU C U Unit Connections This Computer Telephony adapter connects a Universal Serial Bus to a Coreline port on the VDH2 8 U ETU and can be connected to any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit The following connections are required System Hardware Manual AC Adapter Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE PC USB port Coreline interface to VDH2 8 U ETU LAN cable to PC DC 24V ADP USB Cable to PC To VDH Port To PC NIC Card Figure 7 29 CTU C U Unit Issue 6 Electra Elite
169. dle LED3 L1 status BRI CKT2 L1 working Not Used L1 idle LED4 L1 status BRI CKT3 L1 working Not Used L1 idle LED5 L1 status BRI CKT4 L1 working Not Used L1 idle LED6 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED7 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED8 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED9 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED10 Communication Communication error Not Used Normal or self diagnostics or Self diagnostics in progress LED11 Communication Communication error Not Used Normal or self diagnostics or Self diagnostics in progress 5 18 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 MDF for BRT ETU TA 1 TB 1 RA 1 RB 1 TA2 TB2 RA2 RB2 TB3 RA3 RB3 TA4 4 Channel 1 Channel 2 Bn Channel 3 4 1 6 Connectors The BRT 4 U has the following connector Connects to the backboard 4 1 7 Connections TELCO NT1 51 4 Wire ee U Interface 2 Wire NT1 ST 4 Wire NT1 ST 4 Wire NT1 ST 4 Wire System Hardware Manual RA4 RB4 Figure 5 12 BRT 4 U ETU Connections Channel 4 5 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 2 COl 4 8 U ETU 4 2 1 Description The COl 4 8 U provides the Central Office interface The COI ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control
170. dvanced features such as Automatic Number Indication ANI Caller ID Automatic Route Selection ARS Caller ID Call Return Centralized Voice Mail Computer Telephony Integration CTI Dialed Number Indication Service DNIS Analog Cordless Terminal D Cordless II Terminal ptem Cordless Lite Terminal ptem Handset Cordless Terminal Elite ACD Plus Emergency 911 Cut through Enhanced 911 Integrated Digital Voice Mail ISDN BRI and PRI Voice Trunks K CCIS Common Channel Interoffice Signaling LAN KTS Cabling Integration Least Cost Routing LCR Live Monitoring Live Record Multiline Conference Bridge Multilingual LCD Indication Multiple Music on Hold using CO Interface oBoggogggsgBoyomsusgMoglgggslsgsdsugs System Hardware Manual 1 1 Issue 6 Electra Elite PC Attendant Console Unified Messaging Uniform Call Distribution UCD Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP Wireless Optional 33 6 kbps Modem for Remote Programming and Maintenance 999999 The Electra Elite 48 system offers a variety of compatible Multiline Terminals that are available in 8 line 16 line and 32 line capacities and offered as display and non display terminals A 2 line non display terminal 60 line Attendant Console and a variety of cordless terminals are also available A customer with existing Electra Professional terminals can easily connect them to the Electra Elite 48 system to provide inexpensive migration Most El
171. e MBD U10 Unit I n z a 2 Figure 5 6 CLKG U Unit Installation Only one CLKG U Unit can be installed Connectors The following connectors are located on the CLKG U Unit Connects to CN5 on the MBD U10 Unit CN2 Connects to CN6 on the MBD U10 Unit Issue 6 3 2 3 3 Electra Elite 3 1 4 Switch Settings Leave SW1 set to ISDN PHS when ISDN T1 or ISDN T1 and Wireless trunks are installed When only Wireless is installed set SW1 to PHS KMM 1 0 U 3 2 1 Description The KMM 1 0 U is a feature module that mounts on the MIFM U ETU This unit is required when LCR or Caller ID scrolling and dialing features are used 3 2 2 Installation Like all ICs this unit has a notch on one side Find the notch on the IC6 silkscreen and align the KMM 1 0 U so that the notches are on the same side before mounting MBD U10 Unit for B48 U10 KSU 3 3 1 Description The MBD U10 Unit installed on the B48 U10 KSU is the Central Processing Unit for the system This Unit has a Central Processing Unit and a Microprocessing Unit and supports a maximum of 48 ports for the Electra Elite 48 system Refer to Figure 5 7 KSU MBD U10 Unit A 32 bit microprocessor executes the programs stored on the Flash ROM ICs of the MBD U10 Unit This controls the entire system when data is transferred to and from other ETUs This ETU includes the following items Time Division Switch TDSW Static Random Access Memory SR
172. e bad ETU s Yes Problem Solved Replace KSU System Maintenance Electra Elite B1 Issue 6 Radio Frequency Interference RFI Is interference only on outside calls or anytime station is off hook On CO calls only RFI Event Remove one CO line Multiline Terminal off Hook More than 1 pair Twisted Ground all unused pairs at MDF Check cable for the affected terminal s 1 pair at MDF and test using standard SLT RFI on CO Lines Yes Twisted pair pair cable Cable using 1 pair twisted Inform Telco No No RFI Cleared End Pid RFI Cleared End v lead Follow the steps below one at a time and test after each step 1 Place a 0 01 microfarad ceramic capacitor 0 001 microfarad for FM Interference across receiver and transmitter elements in the Multiline Terminal handset 2 Adda 0 01 microfarad ceramic capacitor from one transmit lead to one receive System Hardware Manual 10 9 Issue 6 C1 Electra Elite C No or Intermittent CO PBX Ring y Test to see if problem occurs on one line or several lines Check Memory Blocks 4 01 and 4 02 to ensure that line is programmed to ring on an installed station Several Lines
173. e switched to the Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing the Desk key on the base unit of the idle D Cordless Lite Terminal 30 DTP DTU 8 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit 31 DTH 8 1 TEL DTR 8 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail 31 1 14 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities DTP 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal is also equipped with a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 DTH 8D 1 TEL DTR 8D 1 TEL This digita
174. eature Table 3 1 Number of Required Interface ETUs Required Required Maximum Feature ETU Feature Key p Us per ystem ANI Caller ID Refer to MIFM U KMM 1 0 U 1 Least Cost Routing MIFM U KMM 1 0 U 1 PC Programming MIFM U None 1 SMDR MIFM U None 1 Uniform Call Distribution MIFA U None 1 Wireless Service Console WSC MIFM U None 1 t Caller ID feature works without the MIFM U ETU However the Caller ID scrolling and 7 2 3 dialing both require the MIFM U ETU with KMM 1 0 U PBR Requirements The Electra Elite 48 system has four built in Push Button Receiver PBR circuits on the MBD U Unit The PBR circuit detects and translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line Telephones facsimile machines modems and analog voice mail ports Incoming DTMF signals can also be detected from a CO trunk using the DISA feature The system Automated Attendant feature and DISA feature must use the MBD U Unit PBR circuits An optional PBR U ETU that provides an additional four circuits can be installed The number of PBR U ETUs needed depends on the number of Single Line Telephones facsimile machines modems and analog voice mail ports needed Automated Attendant and DISA trunks connected to the system must also be considered t When the optional PBR U is installed these PBR circuits can be used only for SLI ports connected to the system Hardware Requiremen
175. ectra Elite 48 system features are available with the Electra Professional Multiline Terminals The Electra Elite 48 system supports a wide range of additional equipment including Single Line Telephones external speakers facsimile machines external microphones and headsets that can be connected to the system to accommodate individual customer needs Figure 1 1 System Configuration Example shows a system with standard and optional equipment some locally provided Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Wireless External Speakerphone External Speaker Least Cost Routing Computer Telephony Integration ElectraMail CTI Unified Messaging Single Line Telephone Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Series E Multiline Terminal os X D e Series i Multiline Terminal DTR Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminal DTH Message Display Board Headset i Station Message Detail Recording SMDR ptem EXT Telecommuting Answering Machine Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP Trunks Attendant Console OY D Handset Cordless ptem Cordless Lite ptem Cordless II ptem Analog Cordless CO PBX Centrex DID Tie FT1 ISDN BRI PC Programming Figure 1 1 System Configuration Example System Hardware Manual 1 3 Issue 6 SECTION 2 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION 21 Equipment List Electra Elite The fol
176. ed DTR LiNE CARDS the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key designations AND PLASTIC The Line Card can be changed as necessary The Plastic Panel is placed PANELS on top of the Line Card to hold it in place 1 Remove the Line Panel Refer to Figure 8 15 Removing the Line Panel 8 12 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Figure 8 15 Removing the Line Panel Issue 6 Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 16 Placing Line Card on the Line Panel 3 Install the plastic panel over the line card and push the corners of the Plastic panel until they click in place Refer to Figure 8 17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 8 17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH DTR Multiline Terminal SECTION 8 ADJUSTING DTH DTR MULTILINE TERMINAL HEIGHT The base plate on DTH DTR Multiline Terminals is hinged The bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the terminal height 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down grasp as shown in Figure 8 18 Raising DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height and pull up until the Base Cover latches click Figure 8 18 Raising DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height System Hardware Manual 8 15 Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 To lower the Base Cover press
177. ed DTI U A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start trunks DID trunks or 1 ETU 57000 or lower Tie lines can be used on the ETU Each trunk is assigned in groups of four DTMF or Dial Pulse dialing is supported 16 lines This ETU is installed in slot S4 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines gt DTI U and PRT 1 U cannot be used in the same system A CLKG U Unit must be installed DTI U ETU This ETU can installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU 4 ETUs S8000 or higher 16 Lines This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks This ETU can emulate the following ETUs TLI 2 U DID 4 U COI 4 8 U or COID 4 8 U Refer to the applicable ETU 4 ETUs assignment for the trunk capacity Variable IPT 4 U ETU This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable assigned ETU IP Gateway Trunks IPT 8 U ETU The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed This iones ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system This ETU also shares the total number of station ports in the System This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks This ETU can emulate the following ETUs TLI 2 U DID 4 U COI 4 8 U or COID 4 8 U Refer to the
178. ed total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 4 DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 5 Issue 6 DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or for D Series i digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED 16 one touch keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can have 24 programmable line keys and eight one touch keys A maximum of 32 DTH DTR 32D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 5 DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 6 60 1 CONSOLE The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection keys function keys or as outside l
179. ending ringing signals message waiting and loop disconnect for dial pulse signal detection gt PBR circuit on the MBD U10 Unit or the PBR U ETU is required with Voice Mail or DTMF Single Line Telephones Figure 5 47 SLI 8 U ETU 5 84 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 5 8 2 Installation A maximum of four SLI 4 U or three SLI 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots 53 56 5 8 3 LED Indications LED 1 indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED 2 indications are listed below Steady Red Some port s busy Off All ports idle 5 8 4 Connectors The SLI 4 8 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 5 8 5 Connections MDF YLORDC T1 BK O GR Q 4 T2 RJ 11 R2 T3 Single Line b Single Line R3 Telephone T4 Telephone i B4 R4 T5 SLI 4 U ETU SLI 8 U ETU T R6 T7 R7 T8 R8 Figure 5 48 SLI 4 8 U ETU Connections System Hardware Manual 5 85 Issue 6 5 9 VDH2 8 U ETU 5 9 1 Description Electra Elite The VDH2 8 U ETU integrates both LAN and station cabling This is a standard ESI ETU with additional circuitry for the LAN integration function Key Telephones are connected to the VDH2 8 U ETU using a VDD U Unit Each VDH2 8 U ETU has a built in HUB facility with
180. ent 250 mA gt Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry Association EIA standard proposal SP 1286 and standard EIA RS 470 Single Line Telephone Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 35 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz SLT 1 U ADP Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 30 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz System Specifications Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 6 Issue 6 AP A R Unit Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 30 mA AP R R Unit Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 30 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz Dialing Specifications 4 6 1 4 6 2 Dial Pulse Address Signaling Dial Pulse Address Signaling uses dial pulses to signal the equipment In the Electra Elite 48 system the following Dial Pulse specifications are used Pulse Rate 10 0 5 pps 20 1 0 pps Percent Break 60 1 5 Interdigit Interval 10 pps 20 pps 770 830 ms Dual Tone Multifrequency DTMF Address Signaling DTMF signaling describes push button or Touchtone dialing When a key on a telephone is pushed two tones one high frequency and one low frequency are provided In the Electra Elite 48 system the following DTMF specifications are used Frequencies Two sinusoidal frequencies are provided one from the high frequency group and one from the low frequency group Frequency Deviation Less than
181. eptable between the OPX 2 U ETU and a Single Line Telephone This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection talk battery sending ringing signals from the RSG unit to the Single Line Telephones and dial pulse detection t PBR circuit in the MBD U10 Unit or the PBR U ETU is required with Single Line Telephone Connection Figure 5 45 OPX 2 U Unit 5 82 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 5 7 2 5 7 3 5 7 4 Issue 6 Installation A maximum of three OPX 2 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 The extension can be run up to three miles 5 km using 24 AWG wiring LED Indications LED 1 indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED 2 indications are listed below Steady Red Some port s busy Off All ports idle Connectors The OPX 2 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard Connections MDF YLO RDO Ti BK O GR O T2 RJ 11 R2 Single Line Telephone Figure 5 46 OPX 2 U ETU CN1 Connection 5 83 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 8 SLI 4 8 U ETU 5 8 1 Description The SLI 4 8 U ETU has a built in ringing generator RSG and provides an interface for Single Line Telephones or analog Voice Mail ports This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection talk battery s
182. er iai iati FI t tanie 8 10 Figure 8 12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When nstalling DCR Attendant Console 8 11 Figure 8 13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal 8 11 Figure 8 14 Adjusting the DTH DTR LOD HOMME T 8 12 Figure 8 15 xc ihe Line cdma nee 8 13 Figure 8 16 Placing Line on the Line Panel 8 14 Figure 8 17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 8 15 Figure 8 18 Raising DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height 8 15 Figure 8 19 Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal 8 16 Figure 8 20 laci 2 2195 1I AMT 8 17 Figure 8 21 mmu 8 18 Figure 8 22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table 8 19 Figure 8 23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal 8 20 Figure 8 24 Removing the Figure 8 25 Sliding the Hook into Position Liens i dono P RO me as en 8 21 Figure 8 26 Removing CUTOUT aie pereas Dd HR Dm Figure 8 27 Bonding iid Mr UM er Figure 8 28 Installing Base Cover Lone p n DEKA 8 22 Figure 8 29 Installing the Telephone dar ek PR eec Figure 8 3
183. es can be any combination of Loop Start or Ground Start DTMF trunks 2 ETUs This ETU is installed in slots S8 S6 in the 48 010 KSU 16 CO PBX lines This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk COI 8 U ETU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system This ETU can function the same as the COI 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central Office interface When ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and or Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for COI mode Loop Start or Ground Start is supported Caller ID is not supported in mode Connections for Ground Start trunks are polarity sensitive Only DTMF signaling is supported COI Mode This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk 16 SOR Md COIB 4 U ETU For mode Caller ID trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4 COID Mode S7000 or lower 2 ETUs For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be 8 CO Class lines installed in slots S3 S6 The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements 1 6 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities COIB 4 U20 ETU This ETU can function the same as the COI 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Cen
184. ese are listed below Digital or Analog Multimeter that can read DC and AC current and voltage and DC Resistance Test Set lineman that has termination and monitor modes and DTMF and DP dialing System Hardware Manual 10 1 Issue 6 Electra Elite Hand tools such as Screwdrivers flat and Phillips head Pliers long nose and diagonal Punch down tool SECTION 3 OPERATIONAL TEST 3 1 General Information PROCEDURES When an Electra Elite 48 system is first powered up an initialization is performed During this process the MBD U10 Unit located on the backplane of the B48 U10 KSU scans each interface slot to determine the hardware configuration used This information is stored in the resident system program memory with the system default values This section provides test procedures that are used before during and after the initialization process 3 2 Before Initializing The technician must follow these steps before initializing the system 3 2 1 Cable Connections All wiring for power supplies or flat cable connectors should be checked for solid connections 3 2 2 AC DC Power Check all power with an AC DC multimeter Refer to Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement Run this test with no additional interface cards installed 10 2 System Maintenance Issue 6 Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement Voltages Tolerance Measuring Points ESI 8 U ETU 5 0 25V ESI 8 U or or MBD U10 Unit 26
185. eys can be programmed as Direct Station Selection or outside line keys DCU 60 1 CONSOLE This Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with two LEDs Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature Access keys and 48 keys can be programmed as Direct Station Selection or outside line keys DP D 1A This Doorphone may be used when DPH 4 U ETU is installed DTP 1 1 TEL DTP 1 2 TEL This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires a SLI 4 U ETU or a SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP 24 DTR 1 1 TEL This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key 6 level receive volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires a SLI 4 U ETU or a SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP 24 System Hardware Manual 18 Issue 6 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities DTP 1HM 1 TEL DTP 1HM 2 TEL This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLI 4 U ETU SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1
186. fee n a ior aii ACA U Unit pen o Tm 5 ACD 8 U Tam Tum B um ADIA AUAI t 39 56 25 mm 68 75mm 1375 mm ADA U Unit 5i 29 ms 59 p mm ARRIR Unit ase a 1375 mm APA U Unit or APR U Unit 5 nd is pum 11280 9 205 mm 457 mm 457 mm BRT 4 U ETU 9 Bian 1 Ls BSU 2 U ETU E s iS 1 jm 840 9 50 mm 240 mm 1 35 mm CNF 8 U ETU e dn COI 4 U ETU ds bio 1 soni COI 8 U ETU Ws 9 049 mm 1 96 mm 4 8 0 ETU 14 4 07 1 97 9 47 7 68 408 g 50 mm 240 mm 195 mm COID 4 U ETU m o DAP 1 COID 8 U ETU 1 95 mm CT A R Unit as TERN T CM CTA U Unit c 121 mm CTIP 4 8 12 16 U 12 Ibs 1 89 1147 8 46 ETU 5 44 Kg 48 mm 290 mm 214 mm System Hardware Manual 2 15 Issue 6 2 16 Electra Elite Shipping Unit Weight Height Width Depth 9 5 oz 2 4 4 3 44 270 9 60 110 mm 112 9 5 oz 2 4 4 3 4 4 CTU S U Unit 270 9 60 mm 110 mm 112 mm 74 4 oz 2 75 13 5 9 75 PBM 30x 2109 g 70 mm 343 mm 248 mm 74 4 02 2 75 13 5 9 75 DBMIE U Box 2109 9 70 mm 343 mm 248 mm 53 oz 4 2 12 8 744 1503 g 107mm 826 mm 182mm 53 oz 3 6 8 8 10 6 1503 0 92 223 270 15
187. fications 2 5 4 1 Cabling Requirements and Specifications 2 5 GE Dabing IPSOM ids otio RER HEURE Rin 2 8 4 2 1 PL duran qp E T ner 2 8 4 2 2 Environmental Conditions artnet rne 2 8 4S3 2 9 4 3 1 Power Supply amp 2 9 4 3 2 Power Supply Consumption 2 9 4 3 3 N25 0e Y D 2 9 44 re Typos rcc DER 2 10 4 Transmission Network and Control Specifications 2 10 4 5 1 li uu uU 2 10 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 5 2 uide EDU SUD AUD EAM A 4 5 4 Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment 2 11 4 5 5 Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and vie edd o a eu dU D AK Pa C ud t AG Dialing SPSCHICATIONS RO EP aH eae E RS 1 4 6 1 Dial Pulse Address Signaling 2 13 4 6 2 Dual Tone Multifrequency DTMF Address Signaling 2 13 47 Battery Backup ee neun ERE EEEE A 2 14 4 7 1 em BAED a aa 1 4 7 2 Memory Backup eei 4 8 Weights and Dimensions 2 14 4 9 External Equipment Interface 2 19
188. for outdoor wiring 5 9 5 Switch Settings and Jumpers Refer to Table 5 42 VDH2 8 U ETU Default Switch Settings and Table 5 43 Jumper Settings Table 5 42 VDH2 8 U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 N A Reset Switch SW2 X Port 8 Normal Use Mode Defines Port 8 LAN Cable Integration communication mode Port8 10Base T cascades to another VDH2 8 U ETU or HUB Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 5 43 Jumper Settings Setting Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default Port Jumper 1 JP1 JP2 2 JP3 JP4 3 JP5 JP6 4 JP7 JP8 5 JP9 JP10 6 JP11 JP12 7 JP13 JP14 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 5 9 6 LED Indications LED indications are located on both sides of the ETU as indicated in Figure 5 53 VDH2 8 U LED Indications Figure 5 53 VDH2 8 U LED Indications System Hardware M
189. ful when presenting information to potential customers Electra Elite 48 192 Programming Manual Stock Number 750362 This manual contains all programming instructions for the Electra Elite system Electra Elite Least Cost Routing Manual Stock Number 750364 This manual provides instructions for the service technician to program the customer system for least cost routing Electra Elite 48 192 Job Specifications Manual Stock Number 750377 This manual contains instructions for the service technician to install and maintain the Electra Elite 48 192 systems and includes the job specification worksheets Completing the worksheets provides all system programming values and configuration information necessary for technicians to maintain the system Electra Elite Wireless System Manual Stock Number 750423 This manual describes the system and provides hardware installation and programming procedures for the Electra Elite Wireless Communication System WCS Elite ACD Plus Installation Manual Stock Number 750359 This manual provides general information about the Elite ACD Plus features installation procedures and feature programming The NEC Elite ACD Plus is an Automatic Call Distribution card that supports up to 40 agents and 12 supervisors at one time Electra Elite IPK Electra Elite System Administration Terminal End User Manual Stock Number 750826 This manual describes the operation of the SAT End User program for the Elec
190. fully modular instrument with tilt stand 24 Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys 12 programmable One Touch keys dual path ability built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages This terminal has a 16 character by 2 line Liquid Crystal Display LCD 32 EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF This console has a tilt stand 48 programmable keys with dual LEDs green and red and 12 function keys with red LED All 48 keys can be assigned as DSS keys outside line keys or function keys Adapters and Optional Units AC R Unit The AC Adapter unit connects to the AP R R Unit or to the CT A R Unit when cable distance exceeds 200 feet One per Multiline Terminal as required ACA U Unit The AC Adapter unit connects to one of the following APR U Unit CTA U Unit CTU C U Unit CTU S U Unit HFU U Unit VDD U Unit or DTP 16HC 1 TEL One per Multiline Terminal as required ADA U Unit This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape recorder This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL and all Cordless terminals 32 AD A R Unit This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape recorder This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL 32
191. functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911 The COI 8 U ETU provides identical circuits to serve up to eight CO trunks that can be any combination of Loop Start or Ground Start with DTMF signaling The COI 4 U is for Loop Start trunks with DTMF signaling only ETU Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 13 COI 8 U ETU Figure 5 13 COI 8 U ETU 5 20 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 4 2 2 Installation A maximum of four two COI 4 8 U ETUs can be installed in the system limited by 16 trunks The COl 4 U can be installed in slots S3 S7 The COI 8 U ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 4 2 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 8 COI 4 8 U Default Switch Settings Table 5 8 COI 4 8 U Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description Set according to the Switches between Loop Start LP SW1 8 line type or Ground Start GS Trunks on Default Setting LP Lines 1 8 of COI 8 U ETU Loop Start Only Loop Start for lines 1 4 of SWISS COI 4 U Reset N A Resets the COI ETU 4 2 4 LED Indications Table 5 9 COl 4 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power
192. gillemers eI RUM HERE FEET DEG 3 6 Chapter 4 Installing the KSU Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 System Hardware Manual General CE UELUT EE 4 1 Site Preparation and MDF IDF Construction 4 1 2 1 PRECAUTION AY 4 1 2 2 Surveying the Customer 2 4 1 23 Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation 4 2 2 3 1 Selecting the KSU Installation Site 4 2 2 3 2 Selecting a Permanent MDF Location 4 3 2 3 89 Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones 4 3 2 4 Constructing the Main Distribution Frame MDF 4 3 25 Power Failure arte MESSI S o 4 9 2b Fax CO Branch cece es 4 9 the KSU 4 10 3 1 4 10 lel E Kr 4 10 iii Issue 6 Electra Elite Chapter 5 Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 Removing the KSU Cover 7 Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap E T 4 11 Wall Mounting the KSU 4 12 3 4 1 Grounding Requirements 4 14 Rack Mounting the KSU uua orien eiie NRR 4 15 Replacing the Powe
193. grade a VMS 2 4 U30 ETU to 8 ports the DSP U30 must be installed When the VMS 8 FMS U30 is purchased the DSP U30 is installed at the factory Refer to Figure 5 43 VMS DSP U30 Unit Installation Piggyback on ETU DSP U30 Unit Auxiliary DSP LED 15 LED 14 18013 LED 12 11 Len toBen Len s cca 123 LED4 m 73 J7 Harddrive Figure 5 43 VMS DSP U30 Unit Installation System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite LED 16 E cu 7 LED 15 LED 9 LED 14 FED DSP LED 13 4 G 5 6 4 5 6 5 1012 LED 11E en 2 LED 1toEjcn 1 LED 5 123 cr E 7 Piggyback on ETU DSP U30 Unit Auxiliary DSP Figure 5 44 FMS CMS U30 ETU Upgrade EliteMail Limited FMS 2 4 U30 to 8 ports To upgrade a FMS 2 4 U30 to 8 ports the DSP U30 must be installed When the FMS U30 is purchased the DSP U30 is installed at the factory Refer to Figure 5 44 FMS CMS U30 ETU Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 38 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS FMS CMS U30 ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 5 38 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS FMS CMS U30 Reset Power Switch SI Used for development only DIP Switch
194. gure 7 42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal 7 32 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 3 8 3 Switch Settings The HFU U Unit uses 2 position switches SW1 and SW2 on the HFU U Unit SW1 Sw2 Figure 7 43 HFU U Unit Switches Refer to Table 7 5 HFU U Unit Switch Settings Table 7 5 HFU U Unit Switch Settings SW1 SW2 Position Position Position Position Description 1 2 1 2 OFF ON OFF ON Full Duplex Default ON OFF OFF ON Half Duplex 6db mix ratio OFF ON ON OFF Half Duplex 12db mix ratio ON OFF ON OFF Half Duplex 18db mix ratio gt Full Duplex In some large areas or noisy locations half duplex should be used There are limits to the echo canceling ability of the HFU U t Half Duplex When voice clipping occurs use a lower decibel setting System Hardware Manual Issue 6 7 34 3 9 Electra Elite PCT U Unit PC Telephony Board The NEC PC Board is a multifunction PC AT add in card with telephone sound system fax and modem abilities and combines multimedia audio Telephone Application Programming Interface TAPI and a 33 6 fax data modem The board is available with without the built in modem The PC Board replaces an NEC desk set as the primary telephone device the telephone line from the wall now plugs directly into the PC board instead of the desk set The desk set can be connected to the PC board and used as an adjunc
195. hares the total number of station ports in the system VMS 4 U ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has four channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system VMS 8 U ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has eight channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 1 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU VMS FMS CMS 8 U30 ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has eight channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 1 VMS FMS CMS 8 U30 ETU Optional Electronic Telephone Units The Automatic Call Distribution ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server with the Electra Elite KSU ACD 8 U ETU 1 ETU This is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots Slot S6 is recommended The Base Station Unit ETU interfaces the KSU with the ZT Il Zone Transceiver for wireless communication with a PS ll Personal Bsu 2 u eru Station 3 ETUs This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU A CLKG U Unit must be installed CCH 4 U The Common Channel Handler furnishes four K CCIS routes to coordinate receiving commo
196. he SW2 position 0 alarm Indications is given below Layer 1 Status LED is on red when layer 1 is active The LED is off when layer 1 is inactive Controlled Slip indication SLIP When the difference between the timing of a synchronous receiving terminal and the received signal exceeds the buffering ability of the synchronous terminal the LED is on red Remote Alarm Indication RAI Detection When RAI is received the LED is on red Loss of Frame LOF Condition Detection When two of the four or five framing data bits received are in error the LED is on red Alarm Indication Signal AIS Detection When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal from a PRT trunk the LED is on red Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC Error Event Detection When a CRC Error occurs the LED is on red Active Call LED is on red to indicate an active call 4 10 6 Connectors The PRT 1 U ETU has two connectors Connects to the backboard CN3 9 RS 232C connector used maintenance 5 50 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 4 10 7 Connections MDF TA ISDN PRI PON EE TB Provider CSU CSU may not always be required Figure 5 30 PRT 1 U ETU Connector Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 11 TLI 2 U ETU 4 11 1 Description The TLI 2 U ETU provides for the termination and operation of
197. he following table indicates the pin assignments for the RJ 45 pins for CN2 CH8 Cascade Pin Signaling RD RD TD TD m coo t Cables that connect a terminal to a HUB are straight and cables that connect HUB to HUB are crossed Coreline uses straight cables only RJ 45 RJ 45 Straight RJ 45 1 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 Reversed 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 Figure 5 54 Cable Connection Comparison System Hardware Manual 5 93 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 10 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU 5 10 1 Description The VMS 2 4 8 U ETU is a 2 4 or 8 port Digital Voice Mail system This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 48 and contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and application software A digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions DTMF detection DTMF generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection PCM compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control 988 8 serial port with direct connect speeds up to 19 2 Kbps used to connect an external modem This ETU provides two four or eight digital voice mail ports The 2 and 4 port configurations require the included digital signal processor DSP the 8 port configuration requires a DSP F 21 Unit Refer to Table 5 45 Configuration Support Table
198. ialization Do not use z this switch in an operating system unless absolutely necessary 5 8 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 3 3 3 3 3 4 Connectors Issue 6 Before programming System Data the battery must be connected to to allow memory retention when power failure or brownout occurs When a brownout or power failure does occur and the battery backup circuit is not activated System Data resets to the default values all stations in the system reset to the default values and any data programmed on individual stations is cleared The following connectors are located on the MBD U10 Unit MOH IN PFT 1 COM2 CN4 CN5 CN6 988 8 LED Indications For music on hold input For Power Failure Transfer For LCR PC programming For SMDR For backup battery Connects to CN1 of the CLKG U Unit Connects to CN2 of the CLKG U Unit Table 5 2 MBD U10 Unit LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off CPU LIVE CPU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED2 Power status System Power On Not Used System Power Off ESI LIVE ESI status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On ESI Busy ESI Busy status Some Port s busy Not Used All ports idle System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 3 5 Replacing Memory Backup The MBD U10 Unit provides memory backup for approximately 21 days The Ni
199. ibution Frame IDF requires the 66M50 blocks only Issue 6 Electra Elite Both the MDF and the IDF use standard bridging clips for each terminal block The bridging clips mate the left half of the terminal block terminated cable run to the right half of the terminal block crossconnection wire to the terminal block crossconnection wire The bridging clips are also useful during troubleshooting to help isolate the cable runs and terminals telephones from the central equipment and the Central Office Network from the system Refer to Figure 4 1 Typical Full MDF Layout Figure 4 1 Typical Full MDF Layout The Electra Elite 48 KSU is connected to each Multiline Terminal and Single Line Telephone optional equipment CO PBX DID ISDN 4 wire E amp M Tie lines Types and V and FT1 trunks by separate twisted pair cable through the MDF The 4 wire E amp M Tie lines FT1 lines and ISDN lines require multiple twisted pair cabling Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections provides the necessary cabling information 4 4 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections ie oe cable Cable ESI pm a pi ae DID BRT
200. iiaries 5 10 gt MIFAU ETU 5 11 3 4 1 E eee me ese Em 5 11 3 4 2 Jd e Qe P 5 11 3 4 3 Switeh SeiNgS Nm 5 12 3 4 4 LED INASA e rr 5 12 3 4 5 et nen ener eel eer EU M ME 5 13 PARNE ETU 5 13 3 5 1 5 13 3 5 2 5 14 3 5 3 ege 5 14 3 5 4 gt DEP E 5 14 3 5 9 REOR cosi av 5 15 36 Modom Kit UNM 5 15 3 6 1 Rio 5 15 3 6 2 5 15 3 6 3 SPELEO nm cM NUN ROME 5 15 TAME ETUS me e 5 16 4 1 BATAAN tuu 5 16 4 1 1 aisi endure namin DR pb I OR E ET 5 16 4 1 2 5 17 4 1 3 PON Settings OE 5 17 Issue 6 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 1 4 4 1 5 4 1 6 4 1 7 LED Indications 1e rrt rn rr t t ra ener eic IO COnHnhBOLOIS isse rra rar ten a iia Connections er are ETE 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 4 2 4 4 2 5 4 2 6 cv Baad o eger jy em TR LED m TE ijr em TUE meae pore ou on do uci tem CEDAR I du T oe EL 5 23 4 3 1 4 3 2 4
201. iline Terminal is idle this contact is open When the Multiline Terminal is busy using 17 the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is closed When recorder owner manual specifies start on closed circuit connect T6 and T7 T8 Unused T9 Unused 7 10 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections Continued Notes gt When recording in handsfree half duplex mode using the built in speakerphone the record warning tone may not be audible to the far end party The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls the transmit recording level for CO calls is normal Depending on the recording device s separate cables may be required for the warning tone and speech path In this case connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the ADA U Unit T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input When remote control of the recorder is necessary the record start stop control is provided by connecting to T5 or T7 and T6 on the ADA U Unit Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the specifications of the recorder When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment it should be input via T3 and T4 on ADA U Unit Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an APR U Unit Speakerphone calls through the HFU U Unit cannot be recorded 3 2 3 Switch Settings
202. inal This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL 32 APR U Unit When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used an additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can be connected to an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32 CT A R Unit TAPI Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface adapter allows a Multiline Terminal to be connected to a PC The terminal must be within 5 feet 1 5m of the PC When the length of 24AWG twisted 1 pair cable exceeds 200 feet an AC A R adapter is necessary This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL 32 CTA U Unit TAPI Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface adapter allows an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to be connected to a PC This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32 1 18 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities CTU C U Unit This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus with a Coreline VDH2 8 U ETU connection This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32
203. inal 1 inch from the terminal and ESI 8 U10 ETU This core is only used with the APR U Unit 6 Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the telephone cord in the jack 3 4 2 Switch Settings The APR U Unit has two switches SW1 SW3 Figure 7 23 APR U Unit Switches Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Refer to Table 7 4 APR U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3 Table 7 4 APR U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3 Switch Description SW1 1 Do not use SW1 2 SW3 1 Sets impedance to 6000 for devices such as A Single Line Telephone and Multiline Terminal are used alternately The Multiline Terminal and the APR U Unit share the same B1 channel modems or facsimile machines SW3 2 Used for complex impedance devices such as Single Line Telephones 3 4 3 Connecting Cables on the APR U Unit Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone into the modular jack on the APR U Unit Limit the cable length from the APR U Unit to the Single Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet Figure 7 24 Connecting Cables on the APR U Unit System Hardware Manual 7 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 5 CTA U Unit Computer Telephony Adapter Computer Telephony Adapter allows a DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal connection to a PC The PC can perform all Multiline Terminal functions using a TAPI compatible application software Figure 7 25 Attaching a
204. ine keys An external power supply AC adapter is provided with the Attendant Console A maximum of four DCR 60 1 Consoles can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system An Attendant Position can have four DCR 60 1 Consoles associated with it Figure 8 6 DCR 60 1 Console 8 6 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 3 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONES System Hardware Manual 3 1 Issue 6 DTR 1 1 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash key redial key 6 level receive volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U10 ADP or SLI 4 8 U10 ETU A maximum of 24 DTR 1 1 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 8 7 DTR 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone t switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Issue 6 3 2 Electra Elite DTR 1HM 1 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key Speaker key Hold key 6 level receive and speaker volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Acce
205. ing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 3 Issue 6 APA U Unit Analog Port Adapter The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer is the interface for installing Single Line Telephones Modems Credit Card Readers Wireless Headsets NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit and other compatible analog devices The APA U Unit does not generate ringing signals One user adjustable switch with two settings is provided on the adapter Setting 1 allows impedance to be set to 600Q for devices such as modems Setting 2 is used for complex impedance devices such as a Single Line Telephone Figure 7 15 APA U Unit 3 3 1 Installing APA U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the base plate Refer to Figure 7 16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal gt APA U Unit does not require an ACA U Unit to supply external power 7 13 Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 7 16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 3 Close the base plate and snap the cover in place 4 Install a ferrite core provided with the APA U Unit by looping line cord through the core between the terminal 1 inch from the terminal and ESI 8 U ETU This core
206. ing booting HDD Hard Disk status Not Used Hard Disk active Hard Disk inactive gt not reset the ETU while the HDD LED is flashing 5 10 5 Connectors The VMS 2 4 8 U has the following connectors J9 Connects to the backboard 9 RS 232 Not used MDM F 20 Unit RJ 11 modem port COM2 Remote connector serial interface MDM F 20 Unit 9 RS 232 COM1 Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct 5 98 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 connection 5 10 6 Installation Precautions The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static electricity Static discharge must be avoided when handling ETUs Always use the following precautions Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle an ETU all DIP switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that the KSU is Off Cary in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static electricity damage Issue 6 Electra Elite SECTION 6 OPTIONAL ETUS This section describes optional Electronic Telephone Units that provide additional functions for an Electra Elite 48 system 6 1 ACD 8 U ETU 6 1 1 Description The ACD 8 U ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server to the Electra Elite KSU Elite ACD Plus provides Windows based software programs
207. ing the PSU in the KSU Install the P64 U10 PSU into the left space of the KSU connect white cable attached to MBD U10 Unit and attach PSU to the KSU using the two screws removed in Step 1 System Hardware Manual 4 17 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 Connect the power Cord to AC IN connector Figure 4 13 Installing the PSU in the KSU 4 18 Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 7 Issue 6 Fuse Replacement fuses with the same type and rating originally For continued protection against risk of fire replace installed 1 Disconnect AC power and remove the front cover on the KSU Refer to Figure 4 4 Removing the Cover of the KSU 2 Loosen two screws on the removable access plate to the left of the PSU and remove the plate 3 Replace the fuses as necessary Refer to Figure 4 14 PSU Fuse Replacement Fuse F1 is a 125V 6A fuse for AC input Fuse F101 is a 125V 6 0A fuse for DC input F101 C In F1 AC In Figure 4 14 PSU Fuse Replacement 4 Install the access plate and tighten the screws 4 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 8 Installing Built In and External Batteries in the KSU 3 8 1 Built In Battery Installation 1 Connect the two batteries in series as shown in Figure 4 15 Connecting Built In Batteries The red cord attaches to the red terminal and the black cord attaches to the black terminal Be careful not to misconnect
208. ings Table 5 5 MIFM U Default Switch Settings SW2 1 SW2 2 Description Off Off Normal Operation On Off Factory Test Off On Not Used On On FROM Flash Read Only Memory load from EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory SW1 Description On System boot by Flash ROM Off System boot by EPROM LED Indications Table 5 6 MIFM U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED1 Programming status Problem when Loading Flash ROM Not Used loading Flash ROM from EPROM or PC or LCR Programming connected 5 14 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 6 3 5 5 Issue 6 Connectors The MIFM U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the Backboard CN2 Connects to the Backboard Used to Connect the backup battery during installation gt Disconnect to store the ETU CN4 CN5 Connectors for the optional MIF Modem Unit 1C6 Socket for the optional KMM 1 0 U SMDR and LCR PC Programming connections are made using COM ports on the MBD U10 Unit COMI LCR PC Wireless Programming 2 SMDR Both COM ports are standard female RS 232C DCE ports A straight cable is required When an external modem is used connect the modem to COM port via the modem cable adapter A
209. ion only ON To connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable connection ON To start BRU Host with direct cable connection ON ON To start BRU Host with modem connection ON ON To connect to CoSession using direct cable connection but not start voice mail software Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode Used for Revision Q05631 v 6 68 or Higher Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 10 4 LED Indications Table 5 48 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Receiving power Not Used No Power CH1 Port status 2 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH2 Port status 2 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH3 Port status 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH4 Port status 4 8 Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH5 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH6 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH7 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH8 Port status 8 only Busy Not Used Idle Not used MB MB Switch status ON Not Used OFF BIOS BIOS Error status BIOS Error Not Used No error BCLR Application status Red DOS started Not Used Idle VM not ready Green VM running Orange Error gt If BCLR LED is orange check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green dur
210. iption The IP Gateway IPT 4 8 U is an optional interface for the Electra Elite KSU that can combine various trunk and Tie line calls into Gateway trunks This ETU can be assigned as a 2 port TLI 2 U 4 port DID 4 U COI 4 U COID 4 U ETU or 8 port COI 8 COID 8 U ETU IPE 4 U10 for IPT 8 U10 ETU nects to J5 COMPACTFLASH 0 Unit 5 ES i ES Figure 5 27 IPT 8 U ETU Issue 6 Electra Elite The Voice over IP trunk ETU provides the following options Table 5 20 VoIP Options Configuration Number of Ports Installation Slot IPT 4 IPT 8 Elite 48 Elite 192 1 4 8 52 57 51 58 2 COID 4 8 3 or S4 51 54 3 DID 4 4 S2 S7 51 58 4 TLI 2 2 S2 S7 1 S8 4 9 2 Installation The Gateway ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable ETU simulated The IPT 4 U ETU is converted to IPT 8 U by installing daughter board IPE 4 U Unit Refer to Elite IP Gateway Card Installation Manual 4 9 3 LED Indications HS When Switch S1 is placed to PD this LED lights red The IPT 4 U ETU starts the shutdown When shutdown is complete the LED goes off along with others to indicate that the ETU can be removed from the KSU CH8 1 Indicates the status of associated channel or trunk as in COID DID as follows Trunk Status COID LED DID LED Not Installed or Idle Off
211. is only used with the APA U Unit 5 Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the telephone cord in the jack 3 3 2 Switch Settings The APA U Unit has one switch SW3 Figure 7 17 APA U Unit Switches 7 14 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Refer to Table 7 3 APA U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 Table 7 3 APA U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 Switch Description Sets impedance to 600 2 for devices such as SW3 1 modems or facsimile machines Used for complex impedance devices such as SW3 2 Single Line Telephones 3 3 3 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone into the modular jack on the APA U Unit Refer to Figure 7 18 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit Limit the cable length from the APA U Unit to the Single Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet Figure 7 18 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit System Hardware Manual 7 15 Issue 6 3 4 Electra Elite APR U Unit Analog Port Ringer The Analog Port Adapter with Ringing provides an interface for installing Single Line Telephones modems NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit and other compatible analog devices The APR U Unit also generates ringing signals providing ring generation the user can install a personal fax machine or an answering machine for convenience Two user adjustable switches are provided on the adapter one allows f
212. ise This reduces installation time and downtime at the customer site 2 3 Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation 2 3 1 Selecting the KSU Installation Site When a site is selected for the installation of the KSU consider the following conditions to ensure proper installation The KSU is wall mounted to protect against accident or flooding KSU should not be located directly beneath pipes Leaks or condensation could damage the Electra Elite 48 system equipment area where the KSU is located must be free of corrosive and inflammable gases excessive chemical or industrial dusts and other materials that could cause a hazard to personnel or to the proper functioning of the equipment operating ambient temperature and humidity must be within the limits specified in 4 2 2 Environmental Conditions in Chapter 2 System Specifications System operation is virtually noiseless and allows wide selection of installation sites Ensure that the KSU does not present a hazard to office traffic To minimize cabling costs a centralized location should be chosen KSU must be located where it can easily be connected to a dedicated AC power source Connect the KSU only to a dedicated AC receptacle that is not being used for any other device such as a computer copier or facsimile machine 4 2 Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 4 2 3 2 2
213. it a cap included with the Unit over the cable and push to anchor it as shown in Figure 8 49 Core Cable Installation The core cable should be inserted with its cover The shielded cable should be bundled before inserting it in the terminal 3 Feed the installed cable out through the CN2 window as shown in Figure 8 50 Cable Access Port Figure 8 49 Core Cable Installation Figure 8 50 Cable Access Port Issue 6 Electra Elite 14 2 3 Installing the AD A R Unit on a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 1 Unplug the telephone cord and the AC R Unit cord if installed from the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 3 Plug the A and B tabs in adapter slots as shown on Figure 8 51 Attaching the AD A R Unit to the Multiline Terminal and press down on the adapter until it clicks into place Figure 8 51 Attaching the AD A R Unit to the Multiline Terminal 4 Install the Base Cover and the line cord 14 24 AD A R Connections and Specifications Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections provides a cable connections list and describes the specifications for the AD A R Unit 8 38 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections Cables to Connect Terminal Specifications When warning tone is not being se
214. it should be input via and T4 on AD A R Unit Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone t Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an AP R R Unit 8 40 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 14 3 AP A AP R R Unit Port Adapter The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer AP A or Analog Port Adapter with Ringer AP R is the interface for installing Single Line Telephones Modems Credit Card Readers Wireless Headsets NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit and other compatible analog devices The AP R R Unit generates ringing signals and requires an AC R Unit Refer to Figure 8 52 AP A AP R R Unit and Switches Refer to Figure 8 53 Typical Connection for an example Figure 8 52 AP AJ AP R R Unit and Switches Main device SOLUTE 100A D MAIN board CN14 STi ST8 or Balan Che Dterm85 AP AV AP R SSTS 9T 16 Line cord 2 wire core Line cord 24ine telephone Analog SOLUTE 300 57 QE terminal ESI unit 1 adapter or only use of AP R unit ESIC unit CH1 CH4 Figure 8 53 Typical Connection System Hardware Manual 8 41 Issue 6 Electra Elite 14 3 1 Installing AP A R or AP R R Unit any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for A
215. ite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 7 Issue 6 DTU 32D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED 16 one touch keys eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal is also equipped with a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can have 24 programmable line keys and eight one touch keys The DTP 32D 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 32 DTU 32D 2 DTP 32D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 7 DTU 32D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 8 DCU 60 1 CONSOLE The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection keys function keys or as outside line keys An external power supply AC adapter is provided with the Attendant Console A maximum of four DCU 60 1 Consoles can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system An Attendant Position can have four DCU 60 1 Consoles associated with it Figure 6
216. kel Cadmium 1 DTU 4R 1 TEL Lead Acid 1 ETW 4R 1 TEL Nickel Cadmium 1 FMS 2 4 8 U ETU Nickel Cadmium 1 MBD U Unit Nickel Cadmium 1 Regulatory Information Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs Continued MIFA U ETU Nickel Cadmium 1 MIFM U ETU Nickel Cadmium 1 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU Nickel Cadmium 1 The Electra Elite 48 MBD U10 Unit provides memory backup for approximately 21 days The Ni Cd battery should be replaced about every two years IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL DO NOT PLACE USED BATTERIES IN YOUR REGULAR TRASH THE PRODUCT YOU PURCHASED CONTAINS A NICKEL CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD BATTERY NICKEL CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD BATTERIES MUST BE COLLECTED RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY SOUND MANNER The incineration landfilling or mixing of nickel cadmium or sealed lead batteries with the municipal solid waste stream is PROHIBITED BY LAW in most areas Contact your local solid waste management officials for other information regarding the environmentally sound collection recycling and disposal of the battery Nickel Cadmium or sealed lead batteries must be returned to a federal or state approved nickel cadmium or sealed lead battery recycler This may be where the batteries were originally sold or a local seller of automotive batteries Contact your local waste management officials f
217. l 4 5 Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections Continued Col Station Station COl Me obe Cable Cable ESI 8 ra or Di ECR DPH por DTU ETW 8 COID 2 4 15 1 ppi 21 17 OR YL RD YL RR RR R R R TB TB 1 Zone3 1 43 YL GN GN BK T T T T T T T 1 RA RA 1 EP BB 18 GN YL RD YL RR RR R R M 1 RB 1 Zone2 44 YL BR GN BK T T TA TA 2 EP 211 19 BR YL RD YL RR R R R R 1 TB 2 Zone 2 45 YL SL GN BK T T T T T T 11 1 RA2 Night 5 20 SL YL RD YL RR HR R R Rt 1 RB2 Chime L 46 VI BL GN Bk T GND Extern alTone DLR T 21 BL VI RD YL R R R TB 3 Ringer 1 47 VI OR GN BK T E2 Exern 4 alTone DLR 22 OR VI RD YL M2 RB 3 Binger 2 48 VI GN GN BK T I2 TA 4 Extern alTone DLR 23 GN VI RD YL 2 4 ange 3 49 VI BR GN BK T Fax 11 2 4 Extern alTone DLR 24 BR VI RD YL Birch R1 2 RB4 Ringer 4 50 25 TO CO MDF FOR PFT gt Slot 1 is ESI 8 U built in on the MBD U10 Unit i Slots 2 and 7 do not have MDF con
218. l 5 63 Issue 6 5 2 2 5 2 3 Electra Elite Installation Only one CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U ETU should be installed in any interface slot in any system Slot S7 is recommended t Each system can have one FMS 2 4 8 U ETU one VMS 2 4 8 U ETU or one VMS FMS CMS U30 in place of the CTI VP The HD LED flashes red when the hard drive is active x Donotreset the ETU when the HD LED is flashing Installation Precautions System ETUs use CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static electricity Always use the following precautions to Avoid Static Discharge Wear a grounding strap when you handle an ETU Ensure that the KSU is off and that all DIP switch changes are made before it is inserted in the KSU Carry in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static electricity Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 3 DPH 4 U ETU 5 3 1 Description The DPH 4 U provides connection for four Doorphones DP D 1 4A and also provides the associated four Door Lock Release relays Doorphones and relays are paired together The station user talking into a doorphone controls only the Door Lock Release relay for that doorphone when the feature code is dialed The DPH 4 U has two audio paths to be shared by four doorphones Two simultaneous doorphone calls are allowed Doorphones 1 3 and 2 4 are paired
219. l Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail This terminal is also equipped with a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 DTP 16HC 1 TEL This D Handset Cordless Terminal is a stand alone telephone with direct connection to a single port on the ESI 8 U ETU An ACA U Unit adapter is required for this terminal Each terminal requires an ESI 8 U ETU port 24 DTP DTU 16 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit 31 DTP 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal also has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys
220. lay Contact Rating 500 mA 24 Vdc SMDR Output Female Connector System Output Standard RS 232C straight PC Connection Female Connector System Output Standard RS 232C straight Relay Contact All Relay Contact Ratings 500 mA 24 Vdc 2 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 10 Audible and Visual Indications The tables in this section provide the audible and visual indications used in the Electra Elite 48 systems 4 10 1 4 10 2 Tone Patterns Tones are used in the Electra Elite 48 systems to inform the station user of various functions of the systems such as dial tone busy tone or ringback tone Table 2 11 Tone Patterns lists the frequency and the pattern for the tones used in the Electra Elite 48 system LED Flash Patterns The Electra Elite 48 system provides 2 color LEDs Green is used primarily for l Use conditions and for outside calls Red is used primarily for Other Use conditions and internal calls Refer to Table 2 12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 2 11 Tone Patterns System Tone Frequency Intermit Fixed Default Cycle Fixed 0 5 sec Busy Tone 480 620 60 IPM 0 5 sec 0 5 sec Call Waiting Tone 440 60 IPM 0 5 0 25 sec 350 440 0 25 sec 2400 Modulation Howler Tone 16 Hz Continuo
221. lectra Elite System Hardware Manual Figure 8 44 AD A R Switch With Default Settings Issue 6 Cassette recorder TCM 5000EV SONY correspond PC 261M SONY correspond Mini plug Mini plug connection cord AD A unit lt T6 Shielded wire Z T7 Wire TTo T2 REMOTE 1 o Mini plug Mini plug T e Suis m connection cord T9 oO CN2 LINE IN CN2 Figure 8 45 AD A Connection for Recording Only Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 When sending recorded calls to the terminal Set the DSW Switch to settings shown in Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal and connect wiring to recorder as shown in Figure 8 47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal AD A unit Cassette recorder e TCM 5000EV Mini plug Mini plug SONY connection cord correspond EAR PHONE Figure 8 47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal 14 2 2 Installing Core and Shielded Cable 1 Remove the screw shown on Figure 8 48 Removing Cover and carefully open the AD A R Unit Figure 8 48 Removing Cover 8 36 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 2 Insert cable into the AD A R Unit terminal f
222. line Terminal to the Base Cover Push up on the Multiline Terminal and lock the top tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the Multiline Terminal Turn terminal slightly clockwise to interface with base cover Figure 7 57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover shows how the Multiline Terminal is attached Tab Slots Multiline Terminal Line Cord Wall Base Base Cover Figure 7 57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover Issue 6 Electra Elite 10 When properly installed the wall mounted Multiline Terminal looks similar to the one shown in Figure 7 58 Installed Wall Mount Unit Figure 7 58 Installed Wall Mount Unit gt Do not adjust the tilt panel after the Multiline Terminal is mounted on the wall 3 12 3 Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline Terminal Using the WMU U Unit When installing any adapter unit a separate WMU U Unit must be purchased to accommodate this unit 1 Remove the line cord base plate and base cover from the Multiline Terminal as shown in Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation in the previous section 2 off the tabs on the adapter as shown in Figure 7 59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter 7 44 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 7 59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter 3 Remove the tabs from the WMU U Unit as shown Figure 7 60 Removing the Ta
223. line Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 System Ancillary Device Adapter Installation The ADA 1 W Unit or the ADA 2 W Unit can be installed in any Electra Professional multiline terminal in the system 1 Unplug the line and headset cords 2 the multiline terminal upside down and place it on a dry surface 3 Remove the knockout shown in Figure 9 3 Removing Knockout Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 9 3 Removing Knockout 4 Plug the CN 1 connector on the adapter unit in the CN 4 jack on the main board Refer to Figure 9 4 Unit Installation Figure 9 4 Unit Installation 9 4 Installing Electra Professional Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 5 CONNECTING AN ATTENDANT CONSOLE TO A MULTILINE TERMINAL System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 Install the ADA component side down in the multiline terminal using the provided screw 6 Connect external device e g fax modem or answering machine using the information provided in 7 When installing ADA 2 W Unit plug the AC DC adapter in the jack on the side of the unit 8 Test multiline terminal operation and then test external device operation An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the following procedures Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console attach the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console Attendant
224. ling to do this can damage the unit and or the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation on page 8 28 System Hardware Manual 8 31 Issue 6 Electra Elite The Plug Puller shown in Figure 8 40 AC R Unit is a hollow cylindrical sleeve with a post and a circular rim on the base The plug of the adapter is inserted in this hole and the sleeve is pulled over the back of the plug to seat the post that can then be used to unplug the adapter Locate the plug on the ancillary device that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter Figure 8 41 AC R Unit Connection to Adapter Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 14 2 Unit Ancillary Device Adapter This Ancillary Device Adapter shown on Figure 8 42 AD A R Unit allows connection of a tape recorder to all DTH DTR Multiline Terminals except DTR 2DT 1 as shown on Figure 8 43 Connecting DTH DTR to Recorder Figure 8 42 AD A R Unit Main device SOLUTE 100A D MAIN board CN14 ST1 ST8 or ESI unit CN2 Dterm85 AD A ST Mini plug Mini plug Line cord 2 line hid connection cord Cassette SOLUTE 300 cS recorder ESI unit CH1 CH8 or ESIC unit CH1 CH4 Figure 8 43 Connecting DTH DTR to Rec
225. lowing table lists all equipment used with the Electra Elite 48 system The equipment name a description of the equipment and the KSU quantities allowed for each unit are included The list is arranged alphabetically by category t following maximum values are based on the assumption that at least one Electronic Station Interface ETU and one Trunk Interface ETU are installed Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities Key Service Units Power Supply Units and Adapters The Basic Key Service Unit KSU for the Electra Elite System provides service for outside lines Attendant Consoles and interconnection of the station terminals The basic KSU provides 48 ports The B48 U10 KSU provides seven slots Slot 1 is an ESI card that is built in on the MBD U10 Unit Slot S2 is the ISA slot Slots S3 S6 are interface slots with MDF connections Slots S2 and S7 have no MDF connections and may be used for ETUs that do not require MDF connections e g MIFM PBR VRS or VMS The P64 U10 PSU power supply unit backup batteries one PFT connection and one external zone paging connection are included with each KSU P64 U10 PSU The Power Supply Unit is included with the B48 U10 KSU 1 per system Common Electronic Telephone Units CLKG U Unit The Clock Unit provides synchronization for FT1 ISDN Basic Rate and ISDN Primary Rate connections The unit is mounted on the MB
226. ltiline Terminal is busy using 17 the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is closed When recorder owner manual specifies start on closed circuit connect T6 and T7 T8 Unused T9 Unused Connect recorder device wire pair speech Input Output Terminal input to REC Jack Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8 1 AD A R REC When the recorder used supplies a Unit Switch Settings Jack warning tone this tone may also be sent through the REC Jack wire pair back to the terminal System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections Continued Notes When recording in handsfree half duplex mode using the built in speakerphone the record warning tone may not be audible to the far end party gt transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls the transmit recording level for CO calls is normal t Depending on the recording device s separate cables may be required for the warning tone and speech path In this case connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the AD A R Unit T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input gt When remote control of the recorder is necessary the record start stop control is provided by connecting to T5 or T7 and T6 on the ADA U Unit Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the specifications of the recorder rz When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment
227. minal can have up to three adapters installed at the same time If attaching an APR U Unit CTA U Unit CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit an external power supply is required Only one power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is installed When an adapter is installed for the first time into a telephone the base cover on the Multiline Terminal may have to be modified The base cover has two access panels that are removed before the cover can be closed over the adapters to complete the installation To prepare the Multiline Terminal for adapter installation 1 Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal 2 Turnthe terminal upside down Push the tabs indicated in Figure 7 1 Raising the Base Plate and raise the inner area of the base plate Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 7 1 Raising the Base Plate 3 Insert flat head screwdriver into A in Figure 7 2 Unlocking Tab and press straight down until tab unlocks Flat Headed Va Screwdriver Da X Figure 7 2 Unlocking Tab Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 4 Lightly press right side of leg shown as B in Figure 7 3 Releasing Right Tab insert flat head screwdriver at C and press straight down until other tab unlocks Flat Headed Screwdriver LE Figure 7 3 Releasing Right Tab 5 Open and remove bottom cover by rotating counterclockwise as shown in Figure 7 4 Removing Bottom Cover Figure 7 4 Removing Bottom Cover
228. minal directly to MDF and test Yes Reset and test and replace ESI 8 U ETU Is Problem solved Replace station cable No Perform Second Initialization and test Perform First Initialization and test gt 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using default program m Send ESI 8 U ETU in for repair Is Problem solved 10 14 System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 6 D2 Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems D Problem Occurs Intermittent Go to Flowchart C1 Consistent Check to see if problem occurs on CO or internal calls including station to station or transferred calls Internal CO Problem Occurs Check to see if station is call forwarded or in DID Check Memory Block 4 12 Yes Check and adjust Wrong Program Yes TENE No Assignment Station in volume control and ssignment again Call Forward test again or DID No Cancel Check Memory Blocks feature 4 01 and 4 02 for ring Problem assignment Solved Done Yes Wrong Program Assignment Reset replace station again ESI 8 U ETU No Problem Solved Done v Reset replace terminal Then reset replace ESI 8 U
229. mpact Flash Compact Flash active inactive gt Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing 6 1 4 Connectors The ACD 8 U ETU has the following connectors System Hardware Manual J9 9 RS 232 COM1 Connects to the backboard Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct connection 5 101 Issue 6 Electra Elite 6 1 5 Installation Precautions The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static electricity Static discharge must be avoided when handling ETUs Always use the following precautions Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU all DIP switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that Make Busy switch is Off Carry in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static electricity damage 5 102 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 62 BSU 2 U ETU 6 2 1 Description The BSU 2 U ETU provides the connection for Zone Transceivers 1 ILT o IT IT IT WA LED10 LIVE 5 Figure 5 57 BSU 2 U ETU 6 2 2 Installation Up to three ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the system 6 2 3 Switch Settings The default switch settings are shown in Table 5 50 BSU 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings System Hardware Manual 5 103 Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 5 50 BSU 2 U ETU Default Swi
230. n Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC The CTA U Unit is attached to the bottom of any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 ACA U Unit AC Adapter Figure 7 26 CTA U Unit Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 3 5 1 Installing the CTA U Unit 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the base plate on the Multiline Terminal Refer to Figure 7 27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal Figure 7 27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 3 Close the base plate Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 5 2 Connecting the Cables on the CTA U Unit Connect the RS 232C cable from the computer to the connector on the CTA U Unit as shown in Figure 7 28 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CTA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal Figure 7 28 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CTA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal 3 5 3 Installing the Driver on the PC Using the setup disk provided with the CTA U Unit install the driver onto your PC Refer to the CTA installation Guide for instructions on installing CTA setup disks 3 6 Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface The CTU adapter connects to a PC USB port to provide telephony and sound device control The general functions inclu
231. n channel data from a distant system or to coordinate sending it to a distant system using Tie Lines 1 12 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities ECR U ETU The External Control Relay ETU provides common audible tone signaling using relay contacts for external ringing equipment and an audible output for external paging systems Four External Tone Ringer Control relays one Night Chime relay three External Paging relays and two General Purpose relays are provided This ETU is installed in slots 53 56 the B48 U10 KSU 1 ETU PBR U ETU The Push Button Receiver ETU detects and translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line Telephones modems or facsimile machines The PBR provides four circuits for Single Line Telephones only This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU ux Four PBR circuits are built into the MBD U10 Unit 1 ETU VRS 4 U ETU The Voice Recording Service provides voice recording messages for internal stations automatic answering on incoming outside calls Delay Announcement messages for UCD by a voice recorded message and receives DTMF tones This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU 2 ETUS Terminals DCR 60 1 CONSOLE This Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with two LEDs Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature Access keys and 48 k
232. ne solved and one ESI 8 U ETU installed Go to Flowchart A Leave one SLI 4 8 U ETU System Hardware Manual Issue 6 10 17 Issue 6 for station perform First Initialization and test 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test 2 Perform Second Initialization and test then Electra Elite E2 Ringing Problem on SLT Replace SLT Yes Problem J SIT defective Solved Check to see if ringing problem is intermittent No Intermittent Check to see if SLT Problem is call forwarded Yes No Yes Call Cancel call Forward Forwarding Check SLI 4 8 U ETU for ring voltage output with AC Pass Fail Check BLF indication Replace SLI 4 8 U ETU Busy BLF Indication gt Terminate SLT MDF Reset replace SLI 4 8 U ETU and test Idle Check or Check MDF BLF connection Indication replace station cable using default program 10 18 System Maintenance Electra Elite ES No Dial Access to Features on SLT System Hardware Manual Check to see if SLT can access internal or CO dial tone No Access dial tone Check Memory Block 4 17 for feature assignment No Feature allowed gt Go to Flowchart E
233. nections These slots can be used for VRS PBR or VDH 4 6 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections Continued Col Station Station COV Me enne Cable Cable ESI ru 0 OP Di ECR DPH pw DTU ETW 8 COID 2 4 AMPHENOL 2 26 WH BL GN BK T T T GND TA EP ppa 20 1 BL WH RD YL 2 3 1 27 WH OR GN BK T T T R I ERG 2 OR WH RD YL 1 Zone2 28 WH GN GN BK T T pp3 ZI 3 GN WH RD YL R4 Zone1 2 29 WH BR GN BK TITI IT T T T TA Night pp4 4 BR WH RD YL 1 1 Chime S 30 WH SL GN BK GND Extern L alTone DLR ZTII SL WH RD YL R R 4 HR Ringer 1 1 T 5 ii 31 RD BL GN BK T T T E2 Extern 5 alTone DLR is BL RD RD YL R R R M2 Ringer 2 32 RD OR GN BK T2 Extern alTone DLR ZTII gt OR RD RD YL 2 Ringer 3 2 33 RD GN GN BK T T T Fax 11 2 Extern alTone DLR GN RD RD YL R R R
234. ning with errors Amber Not Running Red LED 2 AP2 Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used LED 3 DRIVE Hard Drive Access Red if accessed Not Used When not accessed LED 4 CF PWR Power to the ETU Red if power is on Not Used No power to ETU LED 5 ICGA Live LED Not Used Red every 125ms Operation is shut during operation down LED 6 Switch S3 Do not remove Voice Red when 3 in Not Used S3 not in RUN Indication Mail from KSU RUN position LED 7 SHUT DOWN Safe to remove Voice Red when S3 in Not Used 3 not in SHUT Mail from KSU SHUT DOWN DOWN position LED 8 Power Receiving KSU power Red if power is on r Not Used No KSU power LED 9 FED DSP For development only Not Used Not Used Not Used LED 10 CH1 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 11 CH2 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 12 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 13 CH4 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 14 CH5 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 15 CH6 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 16 CH7 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook LED 17 CH8 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook Not Used On Hook The first four channel LEDS are also used during startup to signify LED 1 BICOM driver loaded LED 2 Scandisk completed successfully LED 3 CoSession Host loaded successfully
235. nnennnmuansaais 5 31 Table 5 16 COID 4 8 U ETU LED Indications 5 35 Table 5 17 DID 4 U ETU LED Indications sucookekkiebtiasaxin to con HeHPqadsiaia diee kien a 5 38 Table 5 18 DTI U Default Switch Settings 5 40 Table 5 19 i ETU ESRE e o Nm 5 41 Table 5 20 Ne eae naci uu aL ERU EDU E UM 5 44 Table 5 21 arii ETU SWT Seting NR T 5 48 Table 5 22 PEHDAR ETU LED BCG 5 49 Table 5 23 TLI 2 U ETU Default Switch Soll Ye iua epp re rnt a aderire daicain 5 53 Table 5 24 FEET LED Indications 5 53 Table 5 25 ETU Reset 5 56 Table 5 26 CNF 8 U ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch 5 56 Table 5 27 CNF 8 U ETU Party Size Switch DNE Table 5 28 GNFOD UD ETU LED iene Table 5 29 Configuration Support NN D 9 Table 5 30 System gt 5 60 Table 5 31 Daughter 5 62 Table 5 32 Port Expansion Board COmpONOES a Ru iaa 5 63 Table 5 33 DPH 4 U ETU Default Jumper Settings 5 66 xxxiv List of Tables Electra Elite Electra Elite Table 5 34 Table 5 35 Table 5 36 Table 5 37 Table 5 38 Table 5 39 Table 5 40 Table 5 41 Table 5 42 Table 5 43 Table 5 44 Table 5 45 Table 5 46 Ta
236. ns eeeeee nnne 9 2 3 1 1 Connecting Multiline Terminals Attendant Add On Consoles and SLT Adapters 9 2 3 2 X Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System 9 3 Section 4 Installing Ancillary Device Adapter in the Multiline Terminal eee 9 3 4 1 Ancillary Device Adapter Installation 9 3 Section 5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 9 5 Chapter 10 System Maintenance Section 10 1 Section 2 Operational Current and Voltage Checks 10 1 Section 3 Operational Test Procedures eese 10 2 3 1 Ee 10 2 3 2 jpg gp rn MT 10 2 3 2 1 10 2 3 2 2 AGIDO POWE 10 2 9 208 Initialization Check Ker 10 3 540 10 3 A80 10 4 Section 4 Troubleshooting 10 5 4 1 Remote Administration and Maintenance 10 5 Ac Problem 10 5 4 2 1 SUBIBI DOW o siendo sivi eec E GR Ed ud M rd a 10 5 4 2 2 aisi maie Hi 10 5 System Hardware Manual xix Issue 6 Electra Elite
237. nt from Input Terminal T1 the recorder connect wire pair input from T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device tone generator to T1 T2 The warning when DSW switches 3 and 4 are OFF tones from the generator are sent to T1 T2 on a dedicated wire pair while the speech When DSW switches 3 and 4 are ON a humming path is sent from the Input Output sound may be recorded due to impedance T5 Terminal mismatch Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings on T3 T4 over a separate wire pair to the recorder Input Impedance on T1 and T2 100K Input Level on T1 and T2 15 dB 40 dB Connect recorder device wire pair speech input to T3 T4 Input Output Terminal Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8 1 AD A R When the recorder used supplies a Unit Switch Settings T3 T4 warning tone this tone may also be sent over the 1T3 T4 wire pair back to the terminal Connect the bare end of the control cable When a Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is closed When the Multiline Terminal goes off hook 5 using the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is open When recorder owner manual specifies start on open circuit connect T5 and T6 T6 Connect the shielded end of the control Provides common connection for control cable cable Connect the bare end of the control cable When the Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is open When the Mu
238. nt rack using the six provided screws Refer to Figure 4 10 RAK U10 Unit and KSU Use three screws on each side at 1 2 and 3 RAK U10 Unit Figure 4 10 RAK U10 Unit and KSU 2 Install two provided screws into the upper holes at D on the RAK U10 Unit Refer to Figure 4 11 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit Do not thread screws in the last 1 8 inch RAK U10 Unit Figure 4 11 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit 3 the two metal KSU tabs on the screws just installed System Hardware Manual 4 15 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 Install two screws in the lower holes of the KSU at D4 Refer to Figure 4 11 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit 5 Tighten the four screws to secure the KSU to the RAK U10 Unit 3 6 Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU The Electra Elite 48 system has a P64 U10 PSU with a battery backup interface that accepts 117 Vac and outputs 5V and 24V to the system PSU and verify that the power cord on the replacement PSU is unplugged Before replacing the PSU remove the defective a 1 Disconnect power cord from P64 U10 PSU AC IN Connector 2 Remove two screws from front of PSU 3 Pull out the power supply and disconnect the white cable attached to the MBD U10 Unit from the PSU Refer to Figure 4 12 Disconnecting Cable from the PSU 4 16 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 4 12 Disconnecting Cable from the PSU 4 Referto Figure 4 13 Install
239. o Yes Calls dropped on all lines All Yes lines drop together Check DC voltages with a meter and AC power with line disturbance analyzer Check outside line key indication after call drops Have Telco check line circuits Increase Automatic Release Signal Detection Time Refer to Memory Block 3 40 Check COI 8 U LED rs Off 1 Perform Second Initialization If trouble persists go to step 2 2 Replace COI 8 U ETU Test COI 8 U LED Status On Perform First Initialization Replace B48 U10 KSU and test system using default program Have Telco check Line circuit s Problem Solved Yes Return defective ETU for repair System Hardware Manual 10 11 Issue 6 C3 No Outside Dial Tone Access All Terminals affected Yes No Multiline Terminal or SLT Electra Elite SLT Check for Internal dial tone Dial Tone Check for internal Check terminals 1 Reset terminal Initialization for Internal dial and test Internal 2 Reset test tone cc e dial tane SLI 4 8 U ETU 3 Reset ESI 8 U 3 Replace and test RS SLI 4 8 U dial tone 4 Replace ESI 8 U
240. on about outgoing calls PRI can also be used to access slow speed data networks such as videotex and packet switched networks PRI has two standards U Interface for 2 wire T Interface for 4 wire SLIP Serial Line Internet Protocol An Internet protocol is used to run IP over serial lines such as telephone circuits IP is the Internet Protocol the most important of all protocols on which the Internet is based This protocol allows a packet to traverse multiple networks before it reaches its final destination SMDR Station Message Detail Recording A feature that collects and records information on outgoing calls by station SPID Service Profile Identifier IDSN service is ordered with certain parameters The SPID is an 8 to 12 digit number that uniquely identifies the service ordered The phone company assigns an SPID for every phone number Each ISDN BRI line usually has two phone numbers The SPID is a label identifier that points to a particular location on the telephone company central office memory that stores the details of the ISDN services ordered This number is necessary for the operation of the ISDN phone fax or PC software Without this number ISDN services cannot be accessed VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol The ability to carry normal telephone style voice over an IP based internet with POTS like functionality reliability and voice quality The Public Switched Telephone Network PST
241. only No transfer Message Notification Through message waiting lamps Call Forwarding Supported Operator Console 100 default Positive disconnect Digital Signal Hardware One FMS 2 4 8 U ETU Connections Connects to backplane connector of the KSU Telephone One of the following telephones is required to program Electra Elite 48 System data DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL MDM F 20 Unit Used for remote connection 5 5 2 Installation Only one FMS 2 4 8 U can be installed in slots S2 S7 Slot S7 is recommended Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 5 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 35 FMS 2 4 8 U Switch Settings for Revision Q26031 v 6 65 For Revision Q05631 v 6 68 or Higher refer to Table 5 36 FMS DIP Switch Functions Table 5 35 FMS 2 4 8 U Switch Settings Switch Description 1 Normally Off On to enable COM1 2 Normally Off When 1 and 2 are both On COM1 is enabled for HOSTKEY and the VM application is stopped for Maintenance 3 On to enable COM for remote RS 232 RJ11 Off to allow COM1 local connection 4 Utility Menu Table 5 36 FMS DIP Switch Functions DIP
242. or 600 2 or a complex impedance interface to devices such as a modem or Single Line Telephone the second switch SW1 is set to position 2 An AC Adapter is Required When a CTA U CTU C U CTU S U VDD U or HFU U Unit and an APR U Unit are both installed only one AC Adapter is required ACA U Unit AC Adapter Figure 7 19 APR U Unit 3 4 1 Installing APR U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the base plate Refer to Figure 7 20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 7 20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 3 Plug the cord of the ACA U Unit AC adapter into the jack on the APR U Unit Lead the telephone cord out through the groove in the base as shown in Figure 7 21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit Figure 7 21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit System Hardware Manual 7 17 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 Close the base plate lead the AC adapter cord out through the hole and snap the cover in place Figure 7 22 Closing the Base Plate Cover 5 Install a ferrite core provided with the APR U Unit by looping line cord through the core between the term
243. or other information regarding the environmentally sound collection recycling and disposal of the battery contained in this product For Ni Cd batteries you can also call 1 800 8 if further information is required The packaging for the Electra Elite system contains the following labels regarding proper disposal Issue 6 Electra Elite PRODUCT PACKAGE LABELING CONTAINS NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE CONTAINS SEALED LEAD BATTERY BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE CONTAINS NICKEL METAL HYDRIDE BATTERY BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE Regulatory Information Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Section 1 General Information MUKE ERU RAM M Md 1 1 1 1 Hos ARD Mem H 1 1 Section 2 Equipment Description 1 4 2 1 Er hr Rm 1 4 Chapter 2 System Specifications Section 1 General 12 ac 2 1 Section 2 System Block Diagram 2 1 Section 3 Maximum System Capacities 2 4 Section 4 System Requirements and Speci
244. order System Hardware Manual 8 33 Issue 6 Electra Elite 14 2 1 Switch Settings and Wiring 1 When voice calls are only recorded Remove the cover for the DSW Switch with nippers and set the switches as shown in Figure 8 44 AD A R Switch With Default Settings and wire between the AD A and recorder as shown in Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal 2 Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings provides a breakdown of the DSW switch settings Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings Switch Default Setting Description When the AD A R provides control to the recorder DSW 1 must be On Warning Tone from any DSW2 Off device is sent to terminal when DSW 2 is On DSW 1 Off To get a warning Tone DSW 3 DSW 4 from recording device over same wire pair as speech on path both switches must DSW 3 be Off and DSW 4 To get a warning Tone DSW 4 from recorder or generator E equipment on dedicated On wire pair to recorder MIC input DSW 3 must be Off DSW 5 On Must be Off for Debugging Must be On to Upgrade DSW 6 8 Off Firmware Connect to Series i DTR Swi SW1 1 SW1 2 selects IP Phone IRT SW2 1 600 Input Impedance Sw2 SW2 2 selects Complex Impedance for SLTs SW3 Not Installed gt not connect T1 and T2 when DSW switches and 4 are On 8 34 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment E
245. osition LED 1 Channel 1 Layer 1 Active Channel Busy CO Trunk 1 Busy LED 2 Channel 2 SLIP Channel Busy CO Trunk 2 Busy LED 3 Channel 3 RAI Channel Busy CO Trunk 3 Busy LED 4 Channel 4 LOF Channel Busy CO Trunk 4 Busy LED 5 Channel 5 AIS Channel Busy CO Trunk 5 Busy LED 6 Channel 6 CRC Error Channel Busy CO Trunk 6 Busy LED 7 Channel 7 Active Call Channel Busy CO Trunk 7 Busy LED 8 Channel 8 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 8 Busy LED 9 Channel 9 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 9 Busy LED 10 Channel 10 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 10 Busy LED 11 Channel 11 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 11 Busy LED 12 Channel 12 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 12 Busy LED Channel Trunk Status N A On On SW2 Position 2 SW2 Position 4 LED 1 Channel 13 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 13 Busy LED 2 Channel 14 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 14 Busy LED 3 Channel 15 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 15 Busy LED 4 Channel 16 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 16 Busy LED 5 Channel 17 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 17 Busy LED 6 Channel 18 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 18 Busy LED 7 Channel 19 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 19 Busy LED 8 Channel 20 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 20 Busy LED 9 Channel 21 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 21 Busy LED 10 Channel 22 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 22 Busy LED 11 Channel 23 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 23 Busy LED 12 Not Used N A Not Used Not Used System Hardware Manual 5 49 Issue 6 Electra Elite 4 10 5 Alarm Conditions A brief description of each alarm condition referred to under t
246. ovides over 200 features including Computer Telephony Integration Least Cost Routing Uniform Call Distribution ISDN PRI Voice Trunks ISDN BRI Voice Trunks T1 LAN KTS Cabling Integration Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP and many others The Electra Elite 48 system provides the customer needs today and as business expands the system can be expanded to grow as well The Electra Elite 48 system has a set of manuals that provide all the information necessary to install and support the system This preface describes these manuals This manual contains detailed instructions to install the Electra Elite 48 KSU ETUS Multiline Terminals and optional equipment in the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 1 is a brief description of the Electra Elite 48 system and contains a detailed list of equipment available with the system Chapter 2 System Specifications Chapter 2 contains detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 48 system and should be carefully reviewed by the technician before installing the system Chapter 3 Hardware Requirements Chapter 3 contains the hardware requirements for the Electra Elite 48 system and should be read by the technician before installing the system Chapter 4 Installing the KSU Chapter 4 contains the information necessary to install the KSU The technician should become familiar with this section before starting installation SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS Chapter 5 Inst
247. phone conversation prior to monitoring or recording a telephone conversation Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties IMPORTANT NOTE In accordance with U S Copyright Law a license may be required from the American Society of Composers Authors and Publishers or other similar organization When radio or TV broadcasts are transmitted through the Music On Hold feature of this telecommunication system NEC America Inc hereby disclaims any liability arising out of the failure to obtain such a license When equipment malfunctions all repairs will be performed by NEC America Inc or by an authorized agent The user must report the need for service to an NEC America Inc authorized agent or to NEC America Inc This equipment has been listed by Underwriters Laboratories and complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment UL 1459 Regulatory Information Electra Elite INDUSTRY CANADA REQUIREMENTS System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Industry Canada has established rules that permit this telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network Prior to the connection or disconnection of this telephone system to or from the telephone network the telephone company must be provided with the following information 1 Your telephone number 2 IC Certificate number 140 7942 A 3 Ringer Equivalence Number REN of the equipment 2 1 The Industry Canada label identifies certified eq
248. r Supply Unit in the KSU 4 16 Fuse Replacement O ed M NU 4 19 Installing Built In and External Batteries in the KSU 4 20 3 8 1 Built In Battery Installation 3 8 2 External Battery Installation UU LE Installing Electronic Telephone Units General Information Installation 5 2 2 1 installation Precautions r 5 2 2 2 inserting into the KSU Slots 5 4 2 3 Removing an ETU from the KSU 0 4 Common Control Units itid as PITT RE 5 5 3 2 3 1 1 Ri seii V T ro 3 1 2 P Om ERES 3 1 3 Ono dni dd ET REF EC DM ERG ER nS 0 eS a ee et 5 6 3 2 1 p EE DR 3 2 2 e T ERIS Table of Contents Electra Elite Section 4 System Hardware Manual 2 0 MBL LHO Unit for B48 U10 KSU ieoceieneso ite icon eStore 5 6 3 3 1 8 M 5 6 3 3 2 witch SORIA am aL RIPE DHL 5 8 3 3 3 5 9 3 3 4 5 9 3 3 5 Replacing Memory BackUp ssicissnsimuisrienienssiarventaneetenm
249. r on the top of the cutout 7 26 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Cover Cutout Figure 7 33 Removing Cutout 2 Remove display plate from DBM B E and DBM E and peel off the cover sheet on both 3 Insert protruding side of cable from the DBM E in DBM B CN7 or in CN7 of the previous DBM E 4 Slide the bracket on DBM E being installed into the groves on DBM B E and tighten the nuts and bolts Refer to Figure 7 34 Connecting the Bracket DBM B E U10 Box w Add DBM E U10 Box Side View qm DBM B E U10 Box Add DBM E U10 Box Figure 7 34 Connecting the Bracket System Hardware Manual 7 27 Issue 6 Electra Elite 5 Ensure that the internal end of the cable is connected to DBM E CN2 t second expansion board must have this cable connected internally to DBM E CN3 and externally to the first DBM E CN7 The third fourth and fifth expansion board cables are connected externally to the previous DBM E CN7 and internally to CN4 CN5 and CN6 respectively 6 After all expansion boards are connected place the white cover sheets back on the DBM B U and all expansion boards and install the display panels 3 7 2 Wall Mounting DBM B U and Expansion Boards 1 Refer to the template and thread the included screw into the wall at location for the top hole of the DBM B U Box Leave screw extended 1 8 inch Refer to Figure 7 35 Threading Screw into Wall
250. rdless handset a 10 digit 2 line LCD dial pad TALK key HOLD key TRF key CNF key SPD key a MSG LED optional vibrator and four function keys with red LEDs This 0 Cordless Terminal can be switched to the Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing the DESK key on the base unit of the idle D Cordless Terminal 1 16 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 6 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities ETW 8 1 2 TEL This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand eight Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages 31 ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand 16 Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages This terminal has a 16 character by 2 line Liquid Crystal Display LCD 32 ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand 16 Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys 20 programmable One Touch keys with LEDs built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages This terminal has a 16 character by 2 line Liquid Crystal Display LCD 32 ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL This terminal is a
251. re E amp M Tie Lines Type or V Dial Pulse or DTMF Digital Trunk Loop Start Ground Start Tie Line E amp M or DID Signaling SDN BRI Trunks SDN PRI Trunks VoIP Trunks Internet Protocol Refer to Table 1 FIC REN SOC and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETU in the Regulatory Information section in this manual for a detailed list of Facility Interface Codes Ringer Equivalence Numbers Service Order Codes and Jack Types Transmission Network and Control Specifications 4 5 1 Transmission Data Length From Multiline Terminal to ESI 8 U ETU 23 bits From ESI 8 U ETU to Multiline Terminal 23 bits Data Transmission Rates Between ESI 8 U ETU and Multiline Terminal 184K bps voice and signaling Scanning Time for each Multiline Terminal 32 ms System Specifications Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 5 2 4 5 3 4 5 4 Issue 6 Network Time Division Multiplexing allows transmission of separate data voice and or video simultaneously over one communications medium The Electra Elite 48 system specifications used for switching clock data bus and timeframe are shown below Switching PCM p Law Clock 2 048 MHz Data Bus 8 bit Timeframe 125 us Control This section lists the speed or capacity Control Stored program with distributed processing Central Processor 32 bit microprocessor
252. re Manual 6 11 Issue 6 SECTION 5 CoNNECTING DCU ATTENDANT CONSOLE TO A MULTILINE TERMINAL 6 12 Electra Elite An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the following procedures Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console attach the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations on the bottom of the Attendant Console Line Cord Jack AC Adapter Plug Figure 6 13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing a DCU Attendant Console When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly connected they sit side by side as shown in Figure 6 14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal Ensure that the AC adapter supplied with the Attendant Console is used Using a different AC adapter may cause problems Check that the supplied voltage matches that of the adapter and plug it in an outlet Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 6 14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal SECTION 6 ADJUSTING THE DTU DTP LCD Electra Elite display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward as desired Figure 6 15 Adjusting the DTU DTP LCD System Hardware Manual 6 13 Issue 6 SECTION
253. ry on the MBD U10 Unit is 3 connected to 4 Before any programming is attempted connect the battery on the MBD U10 Unit to CN4 to prevent loss of previously programmed data if the system loses power Check all ETU slots in software to ensure the initialization process scanned the installed hardware correctly A general system operation check should be performed using default values prior to system programming After all previous steps are performed and all problems corrected system programming is complete After System Programming is finished the technician should perform a Second Initialization Performing the First Initialization a second time causes all programming memory to be lost Second Initialization refreshes the system RAM without losing any memory This completes the installation procedure for the Electra Elite 48 system The technician should check the operation of each Multiline Terminal to ensure the system is working properly 10 4 System Maintenance Electra Elite SECTION 4 TROUBLESHOOTING System Hardware Manual 4 1 4 2 Issue 6 Remote Administration and Maintenance The Maintenance and Diagnostics feature can remotely access the Electra Elite 48 system for maintenance and diagnostics The remote PC and the system are connected via a modem built in or external Problem Solving To find the cause of a problem first consider all of the symptoms carefully each aspect of the problem
254. s II 10 VRS 4 U 2 ptem Handset Cordless 24 ZT II 2 t Only one VMS one FMS one CMS or one CTI VP can be installed in the system 4 1 Cabling Requirements and Specifications The KSU is connected with each of the Multiline Terminals and Single Line Telephones by a separate twisted 1 pair cable or 2 pair cable only for Multiline Terminals Refer to Table 2 3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length Table 2 4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment Table 2 5 Cable Connection Between ESI VDH and PCT Board Table 2 6 Cabling Requirements and Table 2 7 Zone Transceiver Il Range Table 2 3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length Maximum Maximum Feet Maximum Feet Loop by Twisted by Twisted Terminal or Adapter Resistance 1 Pair Cable 2 Pair Cable Ohms 24 AWG 24 AWG DBM B U10 Box N A 900 900 DCR 60 1 CONSOLE N A 1000 1000 DCU 60 1 CONSOLE N A 1000 1000 DTP 2DT 1 TEL 35 600 1000 DTR 2DT 1 TEL 36 26 630 450 1000 900 DTU 4R 1 TEL N A 650 1000 DTP 8 1 TEL DTU 8 1 TEL 35 600 1000 DTH 8 1 TEL DTR 8 1 TEL 36 630 1000 DTP 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL i 600 1000 DTH 8D 1 TEL DTR 8D 1 TEL 36 pod 1000 2 5 Electra Elite j Maximum Feet Maximum Feet Maximum Loop by Twisted by Twisted Terminal or Adapter R sistance 1
255. s active Amber when active with possible application problem Red when inactive or shut down P Shutdown switch Default is On Place Off to shut down the software and system board properly before turning off the telephone system and disconnecting the system board Place On before restarting The board restarts only when the switch is On Q Shutdown LED Red when switch is On Green when switch is Off After the LED goes off turn off power to the KSU and disconnect the board R Make Busy switch and LED Do not use Must always be On red when installed Issue 6 Electra Elite B IIK M A DF HJ L Figure 5 35 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board 5 2 1 2 Daughter Board Components Refer to Table 5 31 Daughter Board Components Table 5 31 Daughter Board Components Item Description A F206 LED B CGA LED C Application LED D K VM Channel LEDs 1 8 respectively L Fax Channel LEDs Channel 1 Channel 2 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 Figure 5 36 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board 5 2 1 3 Expansion Board Refer to Table 5 32 Port Expansion Board Components Table 5 32 Port Expansion Board Components Item Description A Backplane connector B MB LED Always on when board is in use C MB switch Do not use leave On D F206 LED E CGA Live LED F M VM Channels 9 16 respectively System Hardware Manua
256. s applicable installation instructions 2 1 DTP 2DT 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset connection and a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal A maximum of 31 DTP 2DT 1 TELs can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system Figure 6 1 DTP 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 2 DTU 8 1 TEL This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit The DTP 8 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 31 DTU DTP 8 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 2 DTU 8 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 6 2 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 6 DTU 8D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with the 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
257. sition 14 2 Using a Modular Wall Plate Installed 1 Unscrew the three screws on the unit to remove the plate Figure 6 33 Removing the Screws System Hardware Manual 6 29 Issue 6 2 Electra Elite Replace the plate and screw in the two positions One remaining screw can be screwed at the original third position Figure 6 34 Replacing the Plate and Screw Loosen the screws on the wall phone plate to protrude a bit Figure 6 35 Protruding Screws Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 6 4 Install the telephone on the protruding screws on the plate Figure 6 36 Mounting the Telephone System Hardware Manual 6 31 Issue 6 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Chapter 7 Installing Optional Equipment 7th Tab Installing Optional Equipment Chapter 7 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 PREPARING MULTILINE TERMINAL FOR ADAPTER INSTALLATION System Hardware Manual Optional equipment enhances the Electra Elite 48 system This equipment can be purchased separately from the system and added as the customer business grows All adapters can be installed on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals With the exception of the VDD U Unit the adapters can also be used with Series Multiline Terminals except for DTP 2DT 1 Only the ACA U Unit adapter can be used on the DTP 16HC 1 TEL A Multiline Ter
258. ss Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U10 ADP or SLI 4 8 U10 ETU A maximum of 24 DTR 1HM 1 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 8 8 DTR 1HM 1 TEL Single Line Telephone t H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 SECTION 4 CONNECTING DTH To connect a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Multiline to the system TO THE SYSTEM proceed as follows 1 Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal The handset is also attached to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 9 Connecting a DTH DTR Terminal to the System 2 Attach the telephone cord through the groove shown on Figure 8 10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH DTR Terminal Figure 8 10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH DTR Terminal System Hardware Manual 8 9 Issue 6 SECTION 5 CONNECTING DCR ATTENDANT CONSOLE TO A MULTILINE TERMINAL 8 10 Electra Elite An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the following procedures 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down 2 Using the joining plate pro
259. t Used LED 22 Not Used Not Used N A Not Used LED 23 Not Used Not Used N A Not Used LED 24 Not Used Not Used N A Not Used System Hardware Manual 5 41 Issue 6 4 8 5 4 8 6 4 8 7 Electra Elite Alarm Conditions A brief description of each alarm condition is given below Alarm Indication Signal AIS Detection On red when the system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal from an FT1 trunk Controlled Slip Event Detection SLIP On red when the timing difference between a synchronous receiving terminal and the received signal exceeds the buffering ability of the terminal Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC Error Event Detection On red when a CRC Error occurs Excessive Bipolar Violation BPV Detection On red when excessive BPV is detected Line Synchronization Alarm LSA Detection On red when an trunk loses synchronization Out of Frame OOF Condition Detection On red when two of the four or five framing data bits received are in error Remote Alarm Indication RAI Detection On red when RAI is received Connectors The DTI U ETU has one connector CN1 Connects to the backboard Connections MDF TA TELCO CSU DSU Mire TB roviaer RA RB Figure 5 26 DTI U ETU Connector Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 49 IPT 4 8 U ETU 4 9 1 Memory Unit Descr
260. t Used Idle 6 Link status for CCH2 Data sent received Not Used Idle 7 Link status for Data sent received Not Used Idle 8 Link status for CCH4 Data sent received Not Used Idle 9 CCH status Alarm Normal Operation Not Operating 10 ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power LIVE Power still on System Hardware Manual 5 109 Issue 6 Electra Elite 6 3 5 Connectors The CCH 4 U ETU has two connectors Connects to the backboard CN2 Performs maintenance functions 6 3 6 Connections There are no physical connections to the MDF for the CCH ETU 5 110 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 64 ECR U ETU 6 4 1 Description Issue 6 The ECR U ETU provides external relay control for Zone Paging systems 3 relays External Ringing control relays 4 relays Night Chime ringing control 1 relay and two general purpose relays There are two audio jacks One provides the both way audio for paging system The other provides a tone output for External Tone Ringing and Night Chime External BGM Maximum power capacity Source for RLYs 1 3 is 10 W Pin 2 External Pin 1 Amplifier CN 2 Connecto
261. t in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit The DTP 16D 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys A maximum of 32 DTU 16D 2 DTP 16D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 5 DTU 16D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 6 Electra Elite 2 6 DTU 32 1 TEL This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED 16 one touch keys eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can have 24 programmable line keys and eight one touch keys The DTP 32 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 31 DTU DTP 32 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 6 DTU 32 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 6 6 Installing Electra El
262. t or auxiliary telephone An external microphone and external speakers can also be connected to the PC Board The PC Board allows telephone operations with a headset or microphone and has the following audio abilities Records audio from the calling or called party of a telephone conversation Records audio from both parties of a telephone conversation Records audio or music from a microphone line level device or CD player Plays live or recorded audio or music through an adjunct telephone handset or stereo speakers The PC Board uses Computer Technology Integration CTI technology through Microsoft Windows 95 or higher to support speech and data transmission allow a variety of attachment devices and support complex calling features such as conference calls call waiting and voice mail The PC Board supports the following terminals 0 Series III Multiline Terminals Series E Multiline Terminals Electra Professional Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Multiline Terminals The NEC PC Telephony board can be installed on the ISA bus on any IBM compatible PC Refer to the PCT Installation Guide provided with the PCT U for installation instructions Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite 3 10 System Hardware Manual Issue 6 3 9 1 Connecting a MIC Line In When using the microphone input MIC connect an electric condenser microphone Phantom power 2 2
263. t settings Refer to Table 8 4 CT A R Unit Switch Settings Table 8 4 CT A R Unit Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 1 default SW3 1 Sets impedance to 6000 for devices such as modems or facsimile machines SW3 2 Used for complex impedance devices such as Single Line Telephones DSW 12345678 and uds Default 3 Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline Terminal as shown in Figure 8 59 Attaching the CT A R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal and press down until the unit clicks into place Figure 8 59 Attaching the CT A R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 4 nstall the extended base cover 8 46 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 5 Install the line cord 6 Install the headset and anchor it in the cord slot as shown in Figure 8 60 Installing and Anchoring Headset Figure 8 60 Installing and Anchoring Headset 7 Connect the RS 232C cable from the computer to the connector on the CT A R Unit as shown in Figure 8 61 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CT A R Unit on the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 61 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CT A R Unit on the Multiline Terminal System Hardware Manual 8 47 Issue 6 Electra Elite 14 4 4 Installing the Driver on the PC Using the setup disk provided with the CT A R Unit install the driver onto your PC Refer to
264. t the receiving end is aligned with the corresponding channel time slot of the transmitting end as it occurs in the received signal Usually extra bits frame synchronization bits are inserted at regular intervals to indicate the beginning of a frame and for use in frame synchronization LCR Least Cost Routing A feature that automatically chooses the lowest cost phone line to the destination OOF Out of Frame Condition During T1 transmission an Out of Frame error occurs when two or more of four consecutive framing bits are in error When this condition exists for more than 2 5 seconds a Red alarm is sent by the OOF detecting unit Equipment that receives this Red alarm responds with a Yellow alarm OPX Off Premise Extension A telephone that is located in a different office or building from the mail phone system The OPX is connected by a dedicated telephone line This extension has all abilities of the mail phone system A 2 Glossary of Abbreviations Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Abbreviations Definition PRI Primary Rate Interface ISDN subscriber interface PRI has 23 bearer B channels at 64 Kbps per second and a D channel at 64 Kbps per second The bearer B channels are provided for PCM voice video conferencing group 4 facsimile machines and other similar types of transmissions The data D channel used to bring in information about incoming calls and take out informati
265. tation Background Music Station Background Music can be provided using an internal or an external source The same connection method used for Music on Hold is used for Station Background Music External Page Output Electra Elite 48 KSU pins 25 and 50 are used to connect a single zone of paging The ECR U ETU must be installed for External Tone Ringer Background music over External Speakers External Paging with more than one zone or Night Chime Refer to Figure 7 66 External Page Output For more information on the ECR U ETU refer to Chapter 5 Section 6 4 ECR U ETU Issue 6 Electra Elite Cable Connections AMPHENOL 2 Amplifier PIN 50 N PIN 25 E eese External Paging Figure 7 66 External Page Output 3 16 Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer To use Least Cost Routing LCR and PC Programming specialized software must installed in the user PC and the PC must be connected via a serial port to the KSU 3 16 1 Connecting the PC to the KSU Using RS 232C straight cable connect the PC to the COM port on the KSU MBD U10 Unit Refer to Figure 7 67 Connecting a PC to the KSU The functions and the communication port connections are Function Port PC Programming COM 1 Wireless Programming COM 1 Least Cost Routing LCR COM 1 Station Message Detail Recording SMDR GONE Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 Serial port characteristi
266. tch Settings SW1 Description Momentary Switch BSU Reset SW2 1 Description Off Reports BSU ID to Main S W Master On Does not report BSU ID to Main S W Slave Sw2 2 Description Off Boot by Flash memory Default On Boot from EPROM IC30 SW2 3 Description Off Normal Operation Default On Test Mode SW2 4 Description Off Watch Dog Timer On Default On Watch Dog Timer Off Pressing SW1 interrupts all Wireless users connected to the BSU 2 U ETU Use this 3 switch only as a last resort 5 104 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 6 6 2 4 LED Indications Table 5 51 BSU 2 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off 1 Link Status for ZT1 Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Down Layer 2 Up Layer 2 Down Layer 2 Down 2 Link Status for ZT2 Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Down Layer 2 Up Layer 2 Down Layer 2 Down 3 Not used Always Off 4 5 Status for ZT1 Refer to Table 5 52 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6 6 Status for ZT2 7 Not used Always Off 8 9 BSU Status Alarm Normal Operation Not Operating 10 LIVE Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power still on System Hardware Manual 5 105 Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 5 52 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6 Lamp Off Line is not Connected L
267. the CT A installation Guide for instructions on installing CT A setup disks 14 5 Removing or Installing BS E R Key Unit This unit can be removed as follows 1 Remove the Line Card and Line Panel from the Multiline Terminal 2 Pullthe tab on the right side of the key unit and lift out the unit to the left as shown in Figure 8 62 Removing Key Unit Figure 8 62 Removing Key Unit Install this unit as follows 1 Insert the two tabs on the left of the key unit in the slots as shown in Figure 8 63 Installing Key Unit 8 48 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 6 Figure 8 63 Installing Key Unit Push the unit to the left and press down until it clicks into place Install the Line Card and Line Panel Issue 6 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Chapter 9 Installing Electra Professional Equipment 9th Tab Installing Electra Professional Equipment Chapter 9 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be installed on an Electra Elite SECTION 2 ELECTRA PROFESSIONAL MULTILINE TERMINALS System Hardware Manual 48 system providing inexpensive migration to the Electra Elite 48 system This chapter provides instructions for connecting these terminals to the Electra Elite 48 system The following Electra Profession
268. the indicated left and right tabs inward and press down Refer to Figure 8 19 Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 19 Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal 8 16 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 SECTION 9 REMOVING OR INSTALLING THE BASE COVER To remove the Base Cover proceed as follows 1 Extend the Base Cover 2 Presstabs shown on Figure 8 20 Removing Base Cover and slide the Base Cover in the arrow direction until it clicks Figure 8 20 Removing Base Cover To install the Base Cover place the four tabs in their applicable slots and pull the cover in the direction of the arrows until it clicks in place System Hardware Manual 8 17 Issue 6 Electra Elite Figure 8 21 Installing Base Cover 8 18 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 10 INSTALLING ABBREVIATED DIALING TABLE System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Assemble the abbreviated dialing table as shown in Figure 8 22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table Se Figure 8 22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table 8 19 Issue 6 Electra Elite Install abbreviated dialing table on the terminal as shown in Figure 8 23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal Figure 8 23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal SECTION 11 WALL MOUNTING THE DTH DTR TELEPHONE 11 1 Hanger Hook
269. the two provided wood screws attach the unit to the wall Close the unit and secure with the two screws that were previously removed Figure 7 47 Attaching the SLT 1 U ADP to the Wall Issue 6 Electra Elite 3 11 VDD U Unit Voice Data Unit for Digital Terminals This unit provides the station and LAN split for digital terminals This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 connected to a VDH2 8 U ETU It is used when LAN and telephone lines are incorporated into one cable Figure 7 48 VDD U Unit 3 11 1 Installing a VDD U Unit on a Multiline Terminal Refer to 3 5 CTA U Unit Computer Telephony Adapter The instructions for installing these units are the same 3 11 2 Connecting Cables to the VDD U Unit 1 When the Multiline Terminal is already connected to the ESI 8 U ETU unplug the telephone cord 2 Plug the cable from the VDH2 8 U ETU and from the PC LAN board into the modular jacks on the VDD U Unit The jacks are labeled Plug the cable from the VDD U Unit into the modular jack on the Multiline Terminal Limit the cable length from the VDH to the PC via the VDD to a maximum of 328 feet 100 meters gt gt When LAN cables are reversed on the VDD U Unit the unit is not damaged but the Multiline Terminal does not operate 7 38 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 LAN Cable to VDH
270. tiline Terminal 6 18 Figure 6 22 Adjusting the DTU DTP Line Length 6 19 Figure 6 23 Lowering the Base Plate on the DTU DTP Terminal 6 19 Figure 6 24 pm Lite MES o PR 6 20 Figure 6 25 asbl l NN NORTE 6 21 Figure 6 26 Connecting ihe Base ER RP RM 6 22 Figure 6 27 pier Handset Cordless Terminal 6 24 Figure 6 28 Dom Analog Cordless Terminal susce ex os rac dca Figure 6 29 ps ps l Wireless Terminal cene ecrire rax E Figure 6 30 Removing the DTP HOOK aieo etd o Fr prar ol a Fo Pr Ev a naci Figure 6 31 Tunng ihe IG 4 ee rm Figure 6 32 Sliding the Hook into Position sre ae irre rr enn a Rice 29 Figure 6 33 Removing the NND Tn 6 29 Figure 6 34 Replacing the Plate and Screw 6 30 Figure 6 35 Protruding SCreWS 6 30 Figure 6 36 Mounting the Telephone 6 31 Figure 7 1 mna 7 2 System Hardware Manual XXV Issue 6 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7 16 Figure 7 17 Figure 7 18 Figure 7 19 Figure 7 20 Figure 7 21 Figure 7 22 Figure 7 23 Figure 7 24
271. to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5 This equipment is listed by the Canadian Standards Association and complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment C 22 2 No 225 This equipment meets IC requirements CS03 This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as regulated in the radio interference regulations of Industry Canada Le present appareil numerique n emet pas de bruits radioelectriques depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A prescrites dans le reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par Industrie Canada The Electra Elite system includes the batteries listed below When disposing of these batteries KSU and or ETUs you must comply with applicable federal and state regulations regarding proper disposal procedures Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs Unit Name Type of Battery Quantity B48 U10 KSU Lead Acid 2 CTI VP 4 8 12 16 Lithium 1 U ETU DTP 1HM 1 TEL Lithium 1 DTP 1HM 2 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL Nickel Cadmium 1 DTR 1HM 1 TEL Lithium 1 DTR 4R 1 TEL Nic
272. together TP3 24V TP2 GND 5V TST _ GND LED1 RL4 RL1 RL3 RL2 TP4 45V Figure 5 37 DPH 4 U ETU Issue 6 5 3 2 5 3 3 5 3 4 Electra Elite Installation Only one DPH 4 U ETU can be installed in the system in slots S3 S6 The DP D 1A Doorphone that is connected to the ETU has the following dimensions Height 5 125 in 130 18 mm Width 3 875 in 98 43 mm Depth 1 00 in 25 4 mm Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 33 DPH 4 U Default Jumper Settings Table 5 33 DPH 4 U Default Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Description 101 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP1 and volume by 6 dB 201 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP2 and DP4 volume by 6 dB 102 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP1 and DP3 transmit volume by 6 dB S202 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP2 and DP4 transmit volume by 6 dB LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power Off No Power LED 1 indication are listed below Steady Red A Circuit Is Busy Off All Circuits Are Idle Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 5 3 5 Connectors The DPH 4 U ETU has the following connectors 9 9 9 DPH 1 DPH2 DPH3 4
273. tra Elite Key Telephone system This program is a user friendly Windows application that allows the user to program and configure several features of the Electra Elite KTS from the PC environment Elite VoIP Gateway Card Installation Manual Stock Number 750367 This manual describes the IPT 4 8 U10 ETU an optional interface for the Electra Elite KTS that can combine trunk and tie line calls into Voice over internet Protocol VoIP Gateway trunks THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Regulatory Information GENERAL INFORMATION COMPANY NOTIFICATION System Hardware Manual Regulatory Information Established Federal Communications Commission FCC rules permit this telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network A jack is provided by the telephone company Jacks for this type of customer provided equipment are not provided on party lines or coin lines When the telephone company makes changes in its technical operations and procedures that affect the compatibility or use of the Electra Elite system it is required to give adequate notice of the changes Before connecting this telephone system to the telephone network the following information must be provided to the telephone company 1 Your telephone number 2 FCC registration number rey When the system is to be installed as a Key Function system no dial access to Trunk Groups Route Advance Blocks use the following number NIFMUL 43074 KF
274. tral Office interface This ETU has transmit and receive pad controls When ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for COI mode Loop Start is supported Ground Start Trunks are not supported Caller ID is not supported in COI mode Fax CO Branch support is provided on port 4 only Only DTMF signaling is supported This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 only COI mode ETUs can be installed in slots 53 56 For COID mode Caller ID trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4 87000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be installed in slots 53 56 The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements COI Mode 4 ETUS COID Mode 2 ETUS COIB 8 U This ETU can function the same as the COI 8 U or COID 8 U ETU to provide Central Office interface When ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for mode Loop Start is supported Ground Start Trunks are not supported Caller ID is not supported in COI mode Fax CO Branch is not supported Only DTMF signaling is supported This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 or 7 For mode ETUs can be installed in slots 53 56 For COID mode Caller ID
275. ts Chapter 4 Installing the KSU 4th Tab Installing the KSU Chapter 4 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 SiTE PREPARATION AND MDF IDF CONSTRUCTION System Hardware Manual This chapter provides the information necessary to install the KSU for the Electra Elite 48 system The technician should be familiar with this section before installing any equipment Plan the installation before actually installing the system Advanced planning minimizes installation time cost and disruption of the customer business activities 2 1 Precautionary Information Observe the following warnings during installation L 1 Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm 2 Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations 3 Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line is disconnected at the network interface 4 Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines 2 2 Surveying the Customer Site In most cases a survey of the customer site is necessary to determine the proper placement of the Main Distribution Frame MDF the exact dimensions of the area selected for the MDF cabling requirements and possible Intermediate Distribution Frame IDF locations Issue 6 Electra Elite The information obtained at the customer site permits the installer to partially assemble the MDF before installing it at the customer prem
276. uipment This certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the applicable Terminal Equipment Technical requirements document s The Department does not guarantee that equipment operates to user satisfaction Before installation the user should ensure that it is permissible to connect this equipment to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the applicable electric inspection authority or electrician Issue 6 BATTERY DISPOSAL Electra Elite The Ringer Equivalence Number REN assigned
277. us Internal Dial Tone 350 440 Continuous 1 sec On 1 gec Internal Ringback Tone 440 480 2 sec Off 2 sec LCR Dial Tone 440 Continuous 0 25 sec Reorder Tone 480 620 1201 0 25 Service Set Tone 440 Continuous 0 125 sec Special Dial Tone 440 240 IPM 0 125 sec Tone Burst 1 Tone 1 sec 440 Continuous A Tone Burst 2 Tone 1 sec 620 Continuous l Tie DID Ringback Tone 2 sec On 2 sec 440 480 4 sec Off 4 Call Alert Notification Attendant Tone Override 0 7 sec 440 Continuous DIT Alert Tone 480 620 Continuous Call Forward Alert Tone Call Forward 350 440 120 IPM 0 25 sec ON x 2 3 bursts Configuration Tone System Hardware Manual Issue 6 Electra Elite Table 2 12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern LED Condition Color Flash Patterns Use Green Busy Red Incoming Call Red SS SS SS SS ee I Hold Green _ Linekey Call Hold Red Hold Recall Green Transfer Recall Green Live Monitoring Mode Green _ Message Waiting on Line Key Red LL V
278. vided with the Attendant Console attach the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console Refer to Figure 8 11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal Figure 8 11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 6 3 Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations on the bottom of the Attendant Console Refer to Figure 8 12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a DCR Attendant Console Figure 8 12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a DCR Attendant Console 4 When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly connected they sit side by side as shown in Figure 8 13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal Figure 8 13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal System Hardware Manual 8 11 Issue 6 Electra Elite gt Ensure that the AC adapter supplied with the Attendant Console is used Using a different AC adapter may cause problems Check that the supplied voltage matches that of the adapter and plug it in an outlet SECTION 6 ADJUSTING THE DTH DTR LCD DTH DTR display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward as desired Figure 8 14 Adjusting the DTH DTR LCD SECTION 7 Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then plac
279. w Microphone ON Red ON Electra Elite IPK Series i Red l Use Red Linekey ICM Incoming Call Red fo M ICM Voice Over Broker M Incoming Internal Call Red LL LS LB I Large ED Incoming Outside Call Green LL Il 9 Message from Attendant Green mw mwa Cc a Voice Mail Message Red m Red Ca System Data Entry Red Conference in Progress Barge In Red All Conference Circuits Used Red Conf Hold Conference Call L lt L ICM Call Hold Red ET _ SPD Confirmation Bed 5 Incoming Trunk Red m o Exclusive Hold Green LL LLL IL sen User Ringing Line Preference Red Voice Over with Broker s Call Green Callback Set Red L LL Auto Repeat Set Red Fegture ON to set function Red L Call FWD All Calls Set Red LIII Mi IMMM Use Hold HneX Y DND Call FWD All Calls Set dg BLF or Special Mode while pressing Feature Red DSS Key or going off line 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 sec 2 22 System Specifications Chapter 3 Hardware Requirements 3rd Tab Hardware Requirements SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 PROGRAMMING STATIONS SECTION 3 ATTENDANT STATIONS SECTION 4 PROGRAMMING FROM A PC System Hardware Manual Chapter 3
280. wn to the posts on the locally provided and installed wall plate Place locally provided screws in the nodes on the base plate and secure the assembly to the wall Posts Figure 7 52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate put the modular jack inside the base unit as shown in Figure 7 53 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack Use the locally provided screws to attach the base unit directly to the wall Modular Jack System Hardware Manual 7 41 Issue 6 Electra Elite 7 Plug the line cord into the jack on the wall plate wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap and lead the line cord out through the groove in the side of the base unit Figure 7 54 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Wall Jack When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate plug the line cord into the modular jack wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap and lead the line cord out through the groove in the side of the base unit Figure 7 55 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular Jack 7 42 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 6 With the base plate and base cover assembly attached to the wall hook the two bottom tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the Multiline Terminal Base Cover Multiline Terminal Line Cord Base Tab Slots Figure 7 56 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multi

Elite 48 Hardware Manual S8000

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents